Make single-step breakpoints be per-thread
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "infrun.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57 #include "valprint.h"
58 #include "jit.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "probe.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "ax-gdb.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69
70 #include "format.h"
71
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
75
76 /* readline defines this. */
77 #undef savestring
78
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
81
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
84 {
85 EX_EVENT_THROW,
86 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
87 EX_EVENT_CATCH
88 };
89
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
91
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
93
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
103 void *),
104 void *);
105
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
107
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
109
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
111
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
114 enum bptype, char *,
115 char **);
116
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
121 int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
124
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
127
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
133
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
135
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
137
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
139 enum bptype,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
143
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
145 static. */
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
148 enum bptype,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
150
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
153 enum bptype type,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
155 int loc_enabled);
156
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
158
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
160 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
161 enum bptype bptype);
162
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
166
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
169
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
172 CORE_ADDR addr);
173
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
175
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
177
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
180
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
182
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
184
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
186
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
188
189 typedef enum
190 {
191 mark_inserted,
192 mark_uninserted
193 }
194 insertion_state_t;
195
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
200
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
202
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
204
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
206
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
208
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
210 enum bptype type,
211 int *other_type_used);
212
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
214
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
216
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
218 int count);
219
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
231
232 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
233
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
237 {
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
245
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
252 the inferior. */
253 UGLL_DONT_INSERT,
254
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
257 UGLL_MAY_INSERT,
258
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
266 UGLL_INSERT
267 };
268
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
270
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
272
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
274
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
276
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
278
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
290
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
292
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
294
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
296 otherwise. */
297
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
299
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
301 from. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
308
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
311
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
314
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
317
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
319 breakpoints. */
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
321
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
324
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
327
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
334
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
339 dprintf_style_gdb,
340 dprintf_style_call,
341 dprintf_style_agent,
342 NULL
343 };
344 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
345
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
350
351 static char *dprintf_function = "";
352
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
360
361 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
362
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
364 has disconnected. */
365 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
366
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
370 {
371 /* The reference count. */
372 int refc;
373
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line *commands;
376 };
377
378 struct command_line *
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
380 {
381 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
382 }
383
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
386
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
388
389 const char *
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
391 {
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
394 a breakpoint. */
395 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
396
397 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
398 }
399
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
404
405 static void
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
407 struct cmd_list_element *c,
408 const char *value)
409 {
410 fprintf_filtered (file,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 value);
414 }
415
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
421 static void
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
423 struct cmd_list_element *c,
424 const char *value)
425 {
426 fprintf_filtered (file,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 value);
430 }
431
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
437 static void
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c,
440 const char *value)
441 {
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 value);
445 }
446
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
455
456 static void
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
458 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
459 {
460 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 value);
462 }
463
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
465
466 int
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
468 {
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
470 {
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
474 return 1;
475 }
476 else if (target_has_execution)
477 {
478 if (always_inserted_mode)
479 {
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
481 are stopped. */
482 return 1;
483 }
484
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
486 return 1;
487 }
488 return 0;
489 }
490
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
492
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto,
499 condition_evaluation_host,
500 condition_evaluation_target,
501 NULL
502 };
503
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
506
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
510
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
514 evaluation mode. */
515
516 static const char *
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
518 {
519 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
520 {
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target;
523 else
524 return condition_evaluation_host;
525 }
526 else
527 return mode;
528 }
529
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
531
532 static const char *
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
534 {
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
536 }
537
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
539 otherwise. */
540
541 static int
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
543 {
544 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
545
546 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
547 }
548
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
550
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
553
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled;
556
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
559
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
563
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
565
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
569 B = TMP)
570
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
574
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
578 BP_TMP++)
579
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
585
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
589 BP_LOCP_START \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
593
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
595
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
599
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
601
602 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
603
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
605
606 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
607
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
609
610 static unsigned bp_location_count;
611
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
617
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
619
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
625
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
627
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
630 by a target. */
631 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
632
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
634
635 static int breakpoint_count;
636
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
642
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
644
645 static int tracepoint_count;
646
647 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
648 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
649 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
650
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
652 static int
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
654 {
655 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
656 }
657
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
659
660 static void
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
662 {
663 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
664 breakpoint_count = num;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
666 }
667
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
671
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
673 breakpoint made. */
674
675 void
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
677 {
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
679 }
680
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
682 breakpoint made. */
683
684 void
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
686 {
687 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
688 }
689
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
691
692 void
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
694 {
695 struct breakpoint *b;
696
697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
698 b->hit_count = 0;
699 }
700
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
703
704 static struct counted_command_line *
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
706 {
707 struct counted_command_line *result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
709
710 result->refc = 1;
711 result->commands = commands;
712 return result;
713 }
714
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
716
717 static void
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
719 {
720 if (cmd)
721 ++cmd->refc;
722 }
723
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
727
728 static void
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
730 {
731 if (*cmdp)
732 {
733 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
734 {
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
736 xfree (*cmdp);
737 }
738 *cmdp = NULL;
739 }
740 }
741
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
743
744 static void
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
746 {
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
748 }
749
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
751 argument. */
752
753 static struct cleanup *
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
755 {
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
757 }
758
759 \f
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
762
763 struct breakpoint *
764 get_breakpoint (int num)
765 {
766 struct breakpoint *b;
767
768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
769 if (b->number == num)
770 return b;
771
772 return NULL;
773 }
774
775 \f
776
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
779
780 static void
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
782 {
783 struct bp_location *loc;
784
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
788 side. */
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
791 return;
792
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
794 return;
795
796 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
797 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
798 }
799
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802
803 static void
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
805 {
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
809 side. */
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
812
813 return;
814
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
816 return;
817
818 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
819 }
820
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
823
824 static void
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
826 struct cmd_list_element *c)
827 {
828 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
829
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
832 {
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
836 return;
837 }
838
839 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
840 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
841
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
845
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode != old_mode)
848 {
849 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
852
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
855 */
856
857 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
858 {
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
860 target. */
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
863 }
864 else
865 {
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
871 loc->needs_update = 1;
872 }
873
874 /* Do the update. */
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
876 }
877
878 return;
879 }
880
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
883
884 static void
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
886 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
887 {
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
889 fprintf_filtered (file,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
892 value,
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
894 else
895 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
896 value);
897 }
898
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
902
903 static int
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
905 {
906 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
907 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
908
909 if (a->address == b->address)
910 return 0;
911 else
912 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
913 }
914
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
918 return NULL. */
919
920 static struct bp_location **
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
922 {
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
924 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
925 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
926
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
929 dummy_loc.address = address;
930
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs);
935
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found == NULL)
938 return NULL;
939
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
944 locp_found--;
945
946 return locp_found;
947 }
948
949 void
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
951 int from_tty)
952 {
953 xfree (b->cond_string);
954 b->cond_string = NULL;
955
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
957 {
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
959
960 xfree (w->cond_exp);
961 w->cond_exp = NULL;
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 struct bp_location *loc;
966
967 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
968 {
969 xfree (loc->cond);
970 loc->cond = NULL;
971
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
975 }
976 }
977
978 if (*exp == 0)
979 {
980 if (from_tty)
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
982 }
983 else
984 {
985 const char *arg = exp;
986
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
990 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
991
992 if (is_watchpoint (b))
993 {
994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
995
996 innermost_block = NULL;
997 arg = exp;
998 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
999 if (*arg)
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1002 }
1003 else
1004 {
1005 struct bp_location *loc;
1006
1007 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1008 {
1009 arg = exp;
1010 loc->cond =
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1012 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1013 if (*arg)
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1015 }
1016 }
1017 }
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1019
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1021 }
1022
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1024
1025 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1027 const char *text, const char *word)
1028 {
1029 const char *space;
1030
1031 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1032 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1033 if (*space == '\0')
1034 {
1035 int len;
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1038
1039 if (text[0] == '$')
1040 {
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1043 return NULL;
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1045 }
1046
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len = strlen (text);
1049
1050 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1051 {
1052 char number[50];
1053
1054 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1055
1056 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1058 }
1059
1060 return result;
1061 }
1062
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1066 }
1067
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1069
1070 static void
1071 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1072 {
1073 struct breakpoint *b;
1074 char *p;
1075 int bnum;
1076
1077 if (arg == 0)
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1079
1080 p = arg;
1081 bnum = get_number (&p);
1082 if (bnum == 0)
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1084
1085 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1086 if (b->number == bnum)
1087 {
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1093
1094 if (extlang != NULL)
1095 {
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1099 }
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1101
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1104
1105 return;
1106 }
1107
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1109 }
1110
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1114
1115 static void
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1117 {
1118 struct command_line *c;
1119
1120 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1121 {
1122 int i;
1123
1124 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1127
1128 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1130
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1136
1137 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1139 }
1140 }
1141
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1143
1144 static int
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1146 {
1147 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1148 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1150 }
1151
1152 int
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1154 {
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1156 }
1157
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1160 found. */
1161
1162 static void
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1164 struct command_line *commands)
1165 {
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1167 {
1168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1169 struct command_line *c;
1170 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1171
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1174 ones might not. */
1175 t->step_count = 0;
1176
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1188 {
1189 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1190 {
1191 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1197
1198 if (while_stepping)
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1201 else
1202 while_stepping = c;
1203 }
1204
1205 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1206 }
1207 if (while_stepping)
1208 {
1209 struct command_line *c2;
1210
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1212 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1213 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1214 {
1215 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1217 }
1218 }
1219 }
1220 else
1221 {
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1223 }
1224 }
1225
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1228
1229 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1231 {
1232 struct breakpoint *b;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1234 struct bp_location *loc;
1235
1236 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1237 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1238 {
1239 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1240 if (loc->address == addr)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1242 }
1243
1244 return found;
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1249
1250 void
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1252 struct command_line *commands)
1253 {
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1255
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1257 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1259 }
1260
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1263 commands. */
1264
1265 void
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1267 {
1268 int old_silent = b->silent;
1269
1270 b->silent = silent;
1271 if (old_silent != silent)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1273 }
1274
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1277
1278 void
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1280 {
1281 int old_thread = b->thread;
1282
1283 b->thread = thread;
1284 if (old_thread != thread)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1286 }
1287
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1290
1291 void
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1293 {
1294 int old_task = b->task;
1295
1296 b->task = task;
1297 if (old_task != task)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1299 }
1300
1301 void
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1303 {
1304 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1305
1306 validate_actionline (line, b);
1307 }
1308
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1311
1312 struct commands_info
1313 {
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1315 int from_tty;
1316
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1318 char *arg;
1319
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line *control;
1323
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1325 yet been read. */
1326 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1327 };
1328
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1331
1332 static void
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1334 {
1335 struct commands_info *info = data;
1336
1337 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1338 {
1339 struct command_line *l;
1340
1341 if (info->control != NULL)
1342 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1343 else
1344 {
1345 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1346 char *str;
1347
1348 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1350 info->arg);
1351
1352 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1353
1354 l = read_command_lines (str,
1355 info->from_tty, 1,
1356 (is_tracepoint (b)
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1358 b);
1359
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1361 }
1362
1363 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1364 }
1365
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1367 do anything. */
1368 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1369 {
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1373 b->commands = info->cmd;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1375 }
1376 }
1377
1378 static void
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1380 struct command_line *control)
1381 {
1382 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1383 struct commands_info info;
1384
1385 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1386 info.control = control;
1387 info.cmd = NULL;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1391
1392 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1393 {
1394 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1395 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1396 breakpoint_count);
1397 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1398 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1399 else
1400 {
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1404 arg = NULL;
1405 }
1406 }
1407 else
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1409 our argument. */
1410 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1411
1412 if (arg != NULL)
1413 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1414
1415 info.arg = arg;
1416
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1418
1419 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1421
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1423 }
1424
1425 static void
1426 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1427 {
1428 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1429 }
1430
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1433
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1438 {
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1440 return simple_control;
1441 }
1442
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1444
1445 static int
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1447 {
1448 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1449 return 0;
1450 if (!bl->inserted)
1451 return 0;
1452 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1454 return 0;
1455 return 1;
1456 }
1457
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1460 contents.
1461
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1465
1466 static void
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1468 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1470 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1472 {
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1475 int bp_size = 0;
1476 int bptoffset = 0;
1477
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1479 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1480 {
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1482 return;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1486 we need to copy. */
1487 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1488 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1489
1490 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1491 {
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1493 reading. */
1494 return;
1495 }
1496
1497 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1498 {
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1500 reading. */
1501 return;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1506 {
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1509 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1510 bp_addr = memaddr;
1511 }
1512
1513 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1514 {
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1517 }
1518
1519 if (readbuf != NULL)
1520 {
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1524 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info->shadow_len));
1526
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1528 shadow. */
1529 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1530 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1531 }
1532 else
1533 {
1534 const unsigned char *bp;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1536 int placed_size;
1537
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1540 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1541
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1543 address. */
1544 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1545
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1549 }
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1554
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1558
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1567 and:
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1569
1570 void
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1572 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1574 {
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1576 search. */
1577 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1578 size_t i;
1579
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1583
1584 bc_l = 0;
1585 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1586 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1587 {
1588 struct bp_location *bl;
1589
1590 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1591 bl = bp_location[bc];
1592
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1597
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1601
1602 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1603 >= bl->address)
1604 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1605 <= memaddr))
1606 bc_l = bc;
1607 else
1608 bc_r = bc;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1616 B:
1617
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1619
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1623 and L2. */
1624 while (bc_l > 0
1625 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1626 bc_l--;
1627
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1629
1630 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1631 {
1632 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1634 int bp_size = 0;
1635 int bptoffset = 0;
1636
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1640 bl->owner->number);
1641
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1643 content. */
1644
1645 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1648 break;
1649
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1651 continue;
1652
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1654 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1655 }
1656 }
1657
1658 \f
1659
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1661 breakpoint. */
1662
1663 int
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1665 {
1666 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1669 }
1670
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1672
1673 static int
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1675 {
1676 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1679 }
1680
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1682 software. */
1683
1684 int
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1686 {
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1688 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1689 }
1690
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1699
1700 static int
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1702 {
1703 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1707 }
1708
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1711
1712 static void
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1714 {
1715 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1716
1717 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1718 {
1719 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1720 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1721 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1722 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1723 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1724 }
1725 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1726 }
1727
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1729 watchpoint W. */
1730
1731 static struct value *
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1733 {
1734 struct value *bit_val;
1735
1736 if (val == NULL)
1737 return NULL;
1738
1739 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1740
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1742 w->val_bitpos,
1743 w->val_bitsize,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1745 value_offset (val),
1746 val);
1747
1748 return bit_val;
1749 }
1750
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1755 in b->loc->cond.
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1757
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1760 it.
1761
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1770
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1779 not changed.
1780
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1783
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1786
1787 [linux]
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1799
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1802
1803 static void
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1805 {
1806 int within_current_scope;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1808 int frame_saved;
1809
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1814 return;
1815
1816 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1817 return;
1818
1819 frame_saved = 0;
1820
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1823 within_current_scope = 1;
1824 else
1825 {
1826 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1829
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1834 return;
1835
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1840 selected frame. */
1841 frame_saved = 1;
1842 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1843
1844 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1845 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1846 if (within_current_scope)
1847 select_frame (fi);
1848 }
1849
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1853 b->base.loc = NULL;
1854
1855 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1856 {
1857 const char *s;
1858
1859 if (b->exp)
1860 {
1861 xfree (b->exp);
1862 b->exp = NULL;
1863 }
1864 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1865 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b->val);
1871 b->val = NULL;
1872 b->val_valid = 0;
1873
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1878 {
1879 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1880 {
1881 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1882 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1883 }
1884
1885 s = b->base.cond_string;
1886 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1887 }
1888 }
1889
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution)
1896 {
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1901 {
1902 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1903 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1904 else
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1907 }
1908 }
1909 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1910 {
1911 int pc = 0;
1912 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1913 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1914
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1916
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1922 watchpoints. */
1923 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1924 {
1925 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1926 {
1927 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1928 if (v != NULL)
1929 release_value (v);
1930 }
1931 b->val = v;
1932 b->val_valid = 1;
1933 }
1934
1935 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1936
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1939 {
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1946 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1947 {
1948 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1949
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1953 if (v == result
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1956 {
1957 CORE_ADDR addr;
1958 int type;
1959 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1960 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1961
1962 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1965 sub-expression. */
1966 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1967 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1968 }
1969 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1970 {
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1975 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1976 }
1977
1978 addr = value_address (v);
1979 if (bitsize != 0)
1980 {
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1982 addr += bitpos / 8;
1983 }
1984
1985 type = hw_write;
1986 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1987 type = hw_read;
1988 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1989 type = hw_access;
1990
1991 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1992 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1993 ;
1994 *tmp = loc;
1995 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1996
1997 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1998 loc->address = addr;
1999
2000 if (bitsize != 0)
2001 {
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2004 }
2005 else
2006 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2007
2008 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2009 }
2010 }
2011 }
2012
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2016 is started. */
2017 if (reparse)
2018 {
2019 int reg_cnt;
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2021 struct bp_location *bl;
2022
2023 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2024
2025 if (reg_cnt)
2026 {
2027 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2028 enum bptype type;
2029
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2033
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2038
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type = b->base.type;
2043 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2044 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2045
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2050 manually. */
2051
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2054
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2057
2058 target_resources_ok
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2060 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2061 {
2062 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2063
2064 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2070
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2073 }
2074 else
2075 {
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2079 nop. */
2080 b->base.type = type;
2081 }
2082 }
2083 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2084 {
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2088 else
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2091 }
2092 else
2093 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2094
2095 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2097 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2098 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2099 }
2100
2101 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2102 {
2103 next = value_next (v);
2104 if (v != b->val)
2105 value_free (v);
2106 }
2107
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2113 {
2114 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2115 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2116 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2117 base->loc->address = -1;
2118 base->loc->length = -1;
2119 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2120 }
2121 }
2122 else if (!within_current_scope)
2123 {
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2127 b->base.number);
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2132 if (frame_saved)
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2134 }
2135
2136
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2142 static int
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2144 {
2145 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2146 return 0;
2147
2148 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2149 return 0;
2150
2151 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2152 return 0;
2153
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2155 return 0;
2156
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2166 return 0;
2167
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2169 location. */
2170 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2173 bl->address))
2174 {
2175 if (debug_infrun)
2176 {
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2181 }
2182 return 0;
2183 }
2184
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2189 {
2190 if (debug_infrun)
2191 {
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2196 bl->length);
2197 }
2198 return 0;
2199 }
2200
2201 return 1;
2202 }
2203
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2206
2207 static int
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2209 {
2210 int result;
2211 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2212
2213 bl->duplicate = 0;
2214 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2215 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2216 return result;
2217 }
2218
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2223
2224 static struct agent_expr *
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2226 {
2227 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2229
2230 if (!cond)
2231 return NULL;
2232
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2236 {
2237 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2238 }
2239
2240 if (ex.reason < 0)
2241 {
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2245 return NULL;
2246 }
2247
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2249 return aexpr;
2250 }
2251
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2257
2258 static void
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2260 {
2261 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2263 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2264 struct bp_location *loc;
2265
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2268
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2272 side. */
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2275 return;
2276
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2283 {
2284 loc = (*loc2p);
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2286 {
2287 if (modified)
2288 {
2289 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2290
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2296 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2297
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2300 to the target. */
2301 if (aexpr)
2302 continue;
2303 }
2304
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2308 {
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2310 break;
2311 }
2312 }
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2318
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2322 {
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2324 {
2325 loc = (*loc2p);
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2327 {
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2329 located. */
2330 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2331 return;
2332
2333 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2334 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2335 }
2336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2342 {
2343 loc = (*loc2p);
2344 if (loc->cond
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2346 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2347 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2348 && loc->enabled)
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2352 loc->cond_bytecode);
2353 }
2354
2355 return;
2356 }
2357
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2361
2362 static struct agent_expr *
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2364 {
2365 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2366 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2367 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2369 const char *cmdrest;
2370 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2371 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2372 int nargs;
2373 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2374
2375 if (!cmd)
2376 return NULL;
2377
2378 cmdrest = cmd;
2379
2380 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2381 ++cmdrest;
2382 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2383
2384 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2386
2387 format_start = cmdrest;
2388
2389 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2390
2391 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2392
2393 format_end = cmdrest;
2394
2395 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2397
2398 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2399
2400 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2402
2403 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2404 cmdrest++;
2405 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2406
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2408
2409 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2411
2412 nargs = 0;
2413 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2414 {
2415 const char *cmd1;
2416
2417 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2418 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2419 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2420 cmdrest = cmd1;
2421 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2422 ++cmdrest;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2428 {
2429 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2430 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2431 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2432 }
2433
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2435
2436 if (ex.reason < 0)
2437 {
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2441 return NULL;
2442 }
2443
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2445 return aexpr;
2446 }
2447
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2451
2452 static void
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2454 {
2455 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2457 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2458 struct bp_location *loc;
2459
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2462
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2464 return;
2465
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2468 return;
2469
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2473 control. */
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2475 {
2476 loc = (*loc2p);
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2478 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2479 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2480 return;
2481 }
2482
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2489 {
2490 loc = (*loc2p);
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2492 {
2493 if (modified)
2494 {
2495 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2496
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2502 loc->owner->extra_string);
2503 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2504
2505 if (!aexpr)
2506 continue;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2512 {
2513 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2514 break;
2515 }
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2520 and so clean up. */
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2522 {
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2524 {
2525 loc = (*loc2p);
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2527 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2528 {
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2530 located. */
2531 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2532 return;
2533
2534 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2535 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2536 }
2537 }
2538 }
2539
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2543 {
2544 loc = (*loc2p);
2545 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2547 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2548 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2549 && loc->enabled)
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2553 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2554 }
2555
2556 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2559 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2560 }
2561
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2566 -1 for failure.
2567
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2570 static int
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2572 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2573 int *disabled_breaks,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2576 {
2577 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2578 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2580
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2582 return 0;
2583
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2594 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2595 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2596
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2601
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2603 {
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl->needs_update = 0;
2608 }
2609
2610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2612 {
2613 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2614 {
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2618
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2626 so we undo.
2627
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2632 gdb. */
2633 struct mem_region *mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2635
2636 if (mr)
2637 {
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2639 {
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2641
2642 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2643 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2644 else
2645 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2646
2647 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2648 {
2649 static int said = 0;
2650
2651 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2652 if (!said)
2653 {
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2658 said = 1;
2659 }
2660 }
2661 }
2662 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2664 {
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2669 bl->owner->number,
2670 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2671 return 1;
2672 }
2673 }
2674 }
2675
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2678 || bl->section == NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2680 {
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2683 {
2684 int val;
2685
2686 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2687 if (val)
2688 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2689 }
2690 if (e.reason < 0)
2691 {
2692 bp_err = e.error;
2693 bp_err_message = e.message;
2694 }
2695 }
2696 else
2697 {
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2701 {
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2707 bl->owner->number);
2708 else
2709 {
2710 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2711 bl->section);
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2714 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2715
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2718 {
2719 int val;
2720
2721 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2722 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2723 if (val)
2724 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2725 }
2726 if (e.reason < 0)
2727 {
2728 bp_err = e.error;
2729 bp_err_message = e.message;
2730 }
2731
2732 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2736 bl->owner->number);
2737 }
2738 }
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2741 {
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2744 {
2745 int val;
2746
2747 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2748 if (val)
2749 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2750 }
2751 if (e.reason < 0)
2752 {
2753 bp_err = e.error;
2754 bp_err_message = e.message;
2755 }
2756 }
2757 else
2758 {
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2761 return 0;
2762 }
2763 }
2764
2765 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2766 {
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2768
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2778 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2781 bl->address)))
2782 {
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2787 {
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2790 bl->owner->number);
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2794 }
2795 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2798 return 0;
2799 }
2800 else
2801 {
2802 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2803 {
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2811 }
2812 else
2813 {
2814 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2815 {
2816 char *message
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2818 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2819 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2820
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2823 "%s\n",
2824 bl->owner->number, message);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2826 }
2827 else
2828 {
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2831 bl->owner->number,
2832 bp_err_message);
2833 }
2834 }
2835 return 1;
2836
2837 }
2838 }
2839 else
2840 bl->inserted = 1;
2841
2842 return 0;
2843 }
2844
2845 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2849 {
2850 int val;
2851
2852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2854
2855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2856
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2860 {
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2862
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2865 of this one. */
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2867 if (loc != bl
2868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2870 {
2871 bl->duplicate = 1;
2872 bl->inserted = 1;
2873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2875 val = 0;
2876 break;
2877 }
2878
2879 if (val == 1)
2880 {
2881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2883
2884 if (val)
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2887 }
2888 }
2889
2890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2891 }
2892
2893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2894 {
2895 int val;
2896
2897 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2898 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2899
2900 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2901 if (val)
2902 {
2903 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2904
2905 if (val == 1)
2906 warning (_("\
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2909 else
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2911 }
2912
2913 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2914
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2918 return 0;
2919 }
2920
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2926 PSPACE anymore. */
2927
2928 void
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2930 {
2931 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2932 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2933
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2936 {
2937 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b);
2939 }
2940
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2944 {
2945 struct bp_location *tmp;
2946
2947 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2948 {
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2951 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2952 else
2953 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2954 if (tmp->next == loc)
2955 {
2956 tmp->next = loc->next;
2957 break;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 }
2961
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2965 }
2966
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2971 void
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2973 {
2974 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2975
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2978 {
2979 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2980
2981 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2982 }
2983
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2988 }
2989
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2991
2992 void
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2994 {
2995 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2996
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2998 {
2999 callback (loc, NULL);
3000 }
3001 }
3002
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3009 {
3010 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3011 int error_flag = 0;
3012 int val = 0;
3013 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3016
3017 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3019
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3023
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3025
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3027 {
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3029 breakpoints. */
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3031 continue;
3032
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3037 continue;
3038
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3040
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3047 continue;
3048
3049 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3051 if (val)
3052 error_flag = val;
3053 }
3054
3055 if (error_flag)
3056 {
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3059 }
3060
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3062 }
3063
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3065
3066 static void
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3068 {
3069 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3070 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3071 int error_flag = 0;
3072 int val = 0;
3073 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3076
3077 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3079
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3083
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3085
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3087 {
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3089 continue;
3090
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3096 continue;
3097
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3099
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3106 continue;
3107
3108 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3110 if (val)
3111 error_flag = val;
3112 }
3113
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3117 {
3118 int some_failed = 0;
3119 struct bp_location *loc;
3120
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3122 continue;
3123
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3125 continue;
3126
3127 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3128 continue;
3129
3130 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3131 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3132 {
3133 some_failed = 1;
3134 break;
3135 }
3136 if (some_failed)
3137 {
3138 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3139 if (loc->inserted)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3141
3142 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3145 bpt->number);
3146 error_flag = -1;
3147 }
3148 }
3149
3150 if (error_flag)
3151 {
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3155 {
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3159 }
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3162 }
3163
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3165 }
3166
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3170
3171 int
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3173 {
3174 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3175 int val = 0;
3176
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3178 {
3179 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3180 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3181 }
3182 return val;
3183 }
3184
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3186 that thread. */
3187
3188 static void
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3190 {
3191 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3192
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3194 {
3195 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3196 {
3197 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3198
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b->number, tp->num);
3202
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3204 b->number = 0;
3205 }
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3210
3211 int
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3213 {
3214 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3215 int val;
3216 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3217
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3219 {
3220 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3221 continue;
3222
3223 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3224 continue;
3225
3226 if (bl->inserted)
3227 {
3228 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3229 if (val != 0)
3230 return val;
3231 }
3232 }
3233 return 0;
3234 }
3235
3236 int
3237 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3238 {
3239 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3240 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3241 int val;
3242 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3243 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3244 struct inferior *inf;
3245 struct thread_info *tp;
3246
3247 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3248 if (tp == NULL)
3249 return 1;
3250
3251 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3252 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3253
3254 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3255
3256 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3257 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3258
3259 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3260 {
3261 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3262 continue;
3263
3264 if (bl->inserted)
3265 {
3266 bl->inserted = 0;
3267 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3268 if (val != 0)
3269 {
3270 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3271 return val;
3272 }
3273 }
3274 }
3275 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3276 return 0;
3277 }
3278
3279 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3280
3281 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3282 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3283 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3284 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3285 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3286 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3287 static void
3288 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3289 {
3290 if (internal)
3291 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3292 else
3293 {
3294 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3295 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3296 }
3297 }
3298
3299 static struct breakpoint *
3300 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3301 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3302 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3303 {
3304 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3305 struct breakpoint *b;
3306
3307 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3308
3309 sal.pc = address;
3310 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3311 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3312
3313 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3314 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3315 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3316
3317 return b;
3318 }
3319
3320 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3321 {
3322 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3323 };
3324 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3325
3326 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3327 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3328 {
3329 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3331
3332 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3333 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3334
3335 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3336 int longjmp_searched;
3337
3338 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3339 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3340
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3343
3344 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3345 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3346
3347 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3348 int exception_searched;
3349
3350 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3351 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3352 };
3353
3354 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3355
3356 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3357 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3358
3359 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3360
3361 static int
3362 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3363 {
3364 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3365 }
3366
3367 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3368 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3369
3370 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3371 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3372 {
3373 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3374
3375 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3376 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3377 {
3378 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3379 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3380
3381 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3382 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3383 }
3384 return bp_objfile_data;
3385 }
3386
3387 static void
3388 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3389 {
3390 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3391
3392 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3393 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3394 }
3395
3396 static void
3397 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3398 {
3399 struct objfile *objfile;
3400 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3401
3402 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3403 {
3404 struct breakpoint *b;
3405 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3406 CORE_ADDR addr;
3407
3408 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3409
3410 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3411 continue;
3412
3413 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3414 {
3415 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3416
3417 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3418 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3419 {
3420 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3421 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3422 continue;
3423 }
3424 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3425 }
3426
3427 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3428 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3429 bp_overlay_event,
3430 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3431 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3432
3433 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3434 {
3435 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3436 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3437 }
3438 else
3439 {
3440 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3441 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3442 }
3443 }
3444 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3445 }
3446
3447 static void
3448 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3449 {
3450 struct program_space *pspace;
3451 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3452
3453 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3454
3455 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3456 {
3457 struct objfile *objfile;
3458
3459 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3460
3461 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3462 {
3463 int i;
3464 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3465 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3466
3467 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3468
3469 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3470
3471 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3472 {
3473 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3474
3475 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3476 if (ret != NULL)
3477 {
3478 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3479 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3480
3481 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3482 {
3483 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3484 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3485 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3486 ret = NULL;
3487 }
3488 }
3489 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3490 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3491 }
3492
3493 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3494 {
3495 int i;
3496 struct probe *probe;
3497 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3498
3499 for (i = 0;
3500 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3501 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3502 i, probe);
3503 ++i)
3504 {
3505 struct breakpoint *b;
3506
3507 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3508 get_probe_address (probe,
3509 objfile),
3510 bp_longjmp_master,
3511 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3512 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3513 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3514 }
3515
3516 continue;
3517 }
3518
3519 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3520 continue;
3521
3522 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3523 {
3524 struct breakpoint *b;
3525 const char *func_name;
3526 CORE_ADDR addr;
3527
3528 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3529 continue;
3530
3531 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3532 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3533 {
3534 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3535
3536 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3537 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3538 {
3539 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3540 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3541 continue;
3542 }
3543 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3544 }
3545
3546 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3547 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3548 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3549 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3550 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3551 }
3552 }
3553 }
3554 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3555
3556 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3557 }
3558
3559 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3560 static void
3561 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3562 {
3563 struct program_space *pspace;
3564 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3565 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3566
3567 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3568
3569 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3570 {
3571 struct objfile *objfile;
3572 CORE_ADDR addr;
3573
3574 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3575
3576 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3577 {
3578 struct breakpoint *b;
3579 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3580
3581 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3582
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3584 continue;
3585
3586 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3587 {
3588 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3589
3590 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3591 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3592 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3593 {
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3596 continue;
3597 }
3598 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3599 }
3600
3601 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3602 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3603 bp_std_terminate_master,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3605 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3606 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3607 }
3608 }
3609
3610 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3611
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3616
3617 static void
3618 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3619 {
3620 struct objfile *objfile;
3621 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3622
3623 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3624 {
3625 struct breakpoint *b;
3626 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3627 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3628 CORE_ADDR addr;
3629
3630 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3631
3632 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3633 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3634 {
3635 VEC (probe_p) *ret;
3636
3637 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3638
3639 if (ret != NULL)
3640 {
3641 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3642 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3643
3644 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3645 {
3646 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3647 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3648 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3649 ret = NULL;
3650 }
3651 }
3652 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3653 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3654 }
3655
3656 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3657 {
3658 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3659 int i;
3660 struct probe *probe;
3661
3662 for (i = 0;
3663 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3664 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3665 i, probe);
3666 ++i)
3667 {
3668 struct breakpoint *b;
3669
3670 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3671 get_probe_address (probe,
3672 objfile),
3673 bp_exception_master,
3674 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3675 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3676 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3677 }
3678
3679 continue;
3680 }
3681
3682 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3683
3684 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3685 continue;
3686
3687 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3688
3689 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3690 {
3691 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3692
3693 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3694 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3695 {
3696 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3697 continue;
3698 }
3699
3700 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3701 }
3702
3703 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3704 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3705 &current_target);
3706 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3707 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3708 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3709 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3710 }
3711
3712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3713 }
3714
3715 void
3716 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3717 {
3718 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3719 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3720
3721 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3722 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3723 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3724 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3725 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3726 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3727 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3728 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3729 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3730 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3731 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3732
3733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3734 {
3735 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3736 continue;
3737
3738 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3739 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3740 {
3741 delete_breakpoint (b);
3742 continue;
3743 }
3744
3745 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3746 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3747 {
3748 delete_breakpoint (b);
3749 continue;
3750 }
3751
3752 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3753 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3754 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3755 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3756 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3757 {
3758 delete_breakpoint (b);
3759 continue;
3760 }
3761
3762 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3763 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3764 {
3765 delete_breakpoint (b);
3766 continue;
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3770 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3771 {
3772 delete_breakpoint (b);
3773 continue;
3774 }
3775
3776 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3777 after an exec. */
3778 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3779 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3780 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3781 {
3782 delete_breakpoint (b);
3783 continue;
3784 }
3785
3786 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3787 {
3788 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3789 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3790 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3791 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3792 continue;
3793 }
3794
3795 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3796 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3797 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3798 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3799 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3800 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3801
3802 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3803 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3804 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3805 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3806 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3807 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3808 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3809
3810 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3811 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3812 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3813 let finish_command delete it.
3814
3815 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3816 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3817 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3818 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3819 solib breakpoints.) */
3820
3821 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3822 {
3823 continue;
3824 }
3825
3826 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3827 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3828 a.out. */
3829 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3830 {
3831 delete_breakpoint (b);
3832 continue;
3833 }
3834 }
3835 }
3836
3837 int
3838 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3839 {
3840 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3841 int val = 0;
3842 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3843 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3844
3845 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3846 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3847
3848 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3849 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3850 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3851 {
3852 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3853 continue;
3854
3855 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3856 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3857 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3858 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3859 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3860 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3861 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3862 continue;
3863
3864 if (bl->inserted)
3865 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3866 }
3867
3868 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3869 return val;
3870 }
3871
3872 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3873 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3874 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3875 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3876 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3877
3878 static int
3879 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3880 {
3881 int val;
3882
3883 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3884 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3885
3886 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3887 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3888 return 0;
3889
3890 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3891 This should not ever happen. */
3892 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3893
3894 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3896 {
3897 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3898 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3899 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3900
3901 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3902 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3903 || bl->section == NULL
3904 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3905 {
3906 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3907
3908 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3909 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3910 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3911 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3912 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3913 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3914 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3915 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3916 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3917 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3918 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3919 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3920 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3921 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3922 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3923 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3924 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3925 they should always be removed. */
3926 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3927 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3928 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3929 val = 0;
3930 else
3931 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3932 }
3933 else
3934 {
3935 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3936 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3937 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3938 {
3939 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3940 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3941 */
3942 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3943 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3944 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3945 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3946 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3947 else
3948 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3949 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3950 }
3951 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3952 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3953 if (bl->inserted)
3954 {
3955 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3956 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3957 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3958 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3959
3960 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3961 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3962 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3963 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3964 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3965 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3966 else
3967 val = 0;
3968 }
3969 else
3970 {
3971 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3972 val = 0;
3973 }
3974 }
3975
3976 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3977 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3978 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3979 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3980 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3981 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3982 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3983 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3984 always-inserted mode. */
3985 if (val
3986 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3987 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3988 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3989 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3990 bl->address))))
3991 val = 0;
3992
3993 if (val)
3994 return val;
3995 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3996 }
3997 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3998 {
3999 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4000 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4001
4002 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4003 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4004
4005 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4006 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4007 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4008 bl->owner->number);
4009 }
4010 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4011 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4012 && !bl->duplicate)
4013 {
4014 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4015 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4016
4017 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4018 if (val)
4019 return val;
4020
4021 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4022 }
4023
4024 return 0;
4025 }
4026
4027 static int
4028 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4029 {
4030 int ret;
4031 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4032
4033 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4034 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4035
4036 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4037 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4038 return 0;
4039
4040 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4041 This should not ever happen. */
4042 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4043
4044 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4045
4046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4047
4048 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4049
4050 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4051 return ret;
4052 }
4053
4054 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4055
4056 void
4057 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4058 {
4059 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4060
4061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4062 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4063 bl->inserted = 0;
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4067 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4068
4069 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4070 between runs.
4071
4072 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4073 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4074 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4075
4076
4077
4078 void
4079 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4080 {
4081 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4082 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4083 int ix;
4084 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4085
4086 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4087 nothing to do. */
4088 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4089 return;
4090
4091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4092 {
4093 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4094 if (bl->pspace == pspace
4095 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4096 bl->inserted = 0;
4097 }
4098
4099 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4100 {
4101 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4102 continue;
4103
4104 switch (b->type)
4105 {
4106 case bp_call_dummy:
4107 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4108
4109 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4110 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4111 rid of it. */
4112
4113 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4114
4115 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4116
4117 case bp_shlib_event:
4118
4119 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4120 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4121 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4122 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4123 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4124
4125 (gdb) file prog-linux
4126 (gdb) run # native linux target
4127 ...
4128 (gdb) kill
4129 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4130 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4131 */
4132
4133 case bp_step_resume:
4134
4135 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4136
4137 case bp_single_step:
4138
4139 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4140
4141 delete_breakpoint (b);
4142 break;
4143
4144 case bp_watchpoint:
4145 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4146 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4147 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4148 {
4149 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4150
4151 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4152 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4153 delete_breakpoint (b);
4154 else if (context == inf_starting)
4155 {
4156 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4157 insert_breakpoints. */
4158 if (w->val)
4159 value_free (w->val);
4160 w->val = NULL;
4161 w->val_valid = 0;
4162 }
4163 }
4164 break;
4165 default:
4166 break;
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4171 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4172 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4173 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4174 }
4175
4176 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4177 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4178 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4179 match, not program space. */
4180
4181 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4182 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4183 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4184 permanent breakpoint.
4185 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4186 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4187 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4188 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4189 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4190
4191 enum breakpoint_here
4192 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4193 {
4194 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4195 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4196
4197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4198 {
4199 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4200 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4201 continue;
4202
4203 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4204 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4205 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4206 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4207 {
4208 if (overlay_debugging
4209 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4210 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4211 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4212 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4213 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4214 else
4215 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4216 }
4217 }
4218
4219 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4223
4224 int
4225 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4226 {
4227 struct bp_location *loc;
4228 int ix;
4229
4230 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4231 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4232 return 1;
4233
4234 return 0;
4235 }
4236
4237 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4238
4239 int
4240 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4241 {
4242 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4243
4244 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4245 {
4246 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4247 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4248 continue;
4249
4250 if (bl->inserted
4251 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4252 {
4253 if (overlay_debugging
4254 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4255 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4256 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4257 else
4258 return 1;
4259 }
4260 }
4261 return 0;
4262 }
4263
4264 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4265 inserted at PC. */
4266
4267 int
4268 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4269 CORE_ADDR pc)
4270 {
4271 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4272
4273 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4274 {
4275 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4276 continue;
4277
4278 if (bl->inserted
4279 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4280 aspace, pc))
4281 {
4282 if (overlay_debugging
4283 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4284 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4285 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4286 else
4287 return 1;
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 return 0;
4292 }
4293
4294 int
4295 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4296 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4297 {
4298 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4299
4300 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4301 {
4302 struct bp_location *loc;
4303
4304 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4305 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4306 continue;
4307
4308 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4309 continue;
4310
4311 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4312 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4313 {
4314 CORE_ADDR l, h;
4315
4316 /* Check for intersection. */
4317 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4318 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4319 if (l < h)
4320 return 1;
4321 }
4322 }
4323 return 0;
4324 }
4325
4326 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4327 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4328
4329 int
4330 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4331 ptid_t ptid)
4332 {
4333 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4334 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4335 int thread = -1;
4336 int task = 0;
4337
4338 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4339 {
4340 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4341 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4342 continue;
4343
4344 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4345 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4346 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4347 continue;
4348
4349 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4350 continue;
4351
4352 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4353 {
4354 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4355 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4356 it is now time to do so. */
4357 if (thread == -1)
4358 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4359 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4360 continue;
4361 }
4362
4363 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4364 {
4365 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4366 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4367 it is now time to do so. */
4368 if (task == 0)
4369 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4370 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4371 continue;
4372 }
4373
4374 if (overlay_debugging
4375 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4376 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4377 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4378
4379 return 1;
4380 }
4381
4382 return 0;
4383 }
4384 \f
4385
4386 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4387 in breakpoint.h. */
4388
4389 int
4390 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4391 {
4392 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4393 }
4394
4395 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4396 'next' chain. */
4397
4398 static void
4399 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4400 {
4401 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4402 value_free (bs->old_val);
4403 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4404 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4405 xfree (bs);
4406 }
4407
4408 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4409 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4410
4411 void
4412 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4413 {
4414 bpstat p;
4415 bpstat q;
4416
4417 if (bsp == 0)
4418 return;
4419 p = *bsp;
4420 while (p != NULL)
4421 {
4422 q = p->next;
4423 bpstat_free (p);
4424 p = q;
4425 }
4426 *bsp = NULL;
4427 }
4428
4429 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4430 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4431
4432 bpstat
4433 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4434 {
4435 bpstat p = NULL;
4436 bpstat tmp;
4437 bpstat retval = NULL;
4438
4439 if (bs == NULL)
4440 return bs;
4441
4442 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4443 {
4444 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4445 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4446 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4447 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4448 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4449 {
4450 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4451 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4452 }
4453
4454 if (p == NULL)
4455 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4456 retval = tmp;
4457 else
4458 p->next = tmp;
4459 p = tmp;
4460 }
4461 p->next = NULL;
4462 return retval;
4463 }
4464
4465 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4466
4467 bpstat
4468 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4469 {
4470 if (bsp == NULL)
4471 return NULL;
4472
4473 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4474 {
4475 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4476 return bsp;
4477 }
4478 return NULL;
4479 }
4480
4481 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4482
4483 int
4484 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4485 {
4486 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4487 {
4488 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4489 {
4490 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4491 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4492 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4493 return 1;
4494 }
4495 else
4496 {
4497 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4498 sig))
4499 return 1;
4500 }
4501 }
4502
4503 return 0;
4504 }
4505
4506 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4507 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4508 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4509 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4510
4511 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4512 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4513 we set it.
4514 Return 1 otherwise. */
4515
4516 int
4517 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4518 {
4519 struct breakpoint *b;
4520
4521 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4522 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4523
4524 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4525 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4526 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4527 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4528 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4529 if (b == NULL)
4530 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4531
4532 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4533 return 1;
4534 }
4535
4536 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4537
4538 void
4539 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4540 {
4541 struct thread_info *tp;
4542 bpstat bs;
4543
4544 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4545 return;
4546
4547 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4548 if (tp == NULL)
4549 return;
4550
4551 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4552 {
4553 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4554
4555 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4556 {
4557 value_free (bs->old_val);
4558 bs->old_val = NULL;
4559 }
4560 }
4561 }
4562
4563 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4564
4565 static void
4566 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4567 {
4568 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4569 {
4570 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4571
4572 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4573 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4574 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4575 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4576 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4577 return;
4578 }
4579
4580 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4581 }
4582
4583 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4584 command. */
4585 static void
4586 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4587 {
4588 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4589 }
4590
4591 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4592 or its equivalent. */
4593
4594 static int
4595 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4596 {
4597 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4598 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4599 }
4600
4601 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4602 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4603 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4604 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4605
4606 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4607 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4608 bpstat of the current thread. */
4609
4610 static int
4611 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4612 {
4613 bpstat bs;
4614 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4615 int again = 0;
4616
4617 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4618 in bs->commands. */
4619 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4620 return 0;
4621
4622 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4623 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4624
4625 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4626
4627 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4628 bs = *bsp;
4629
4630 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4631 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4632 {
4633 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4634 struct command_line *cmd;
4635 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4636
4637 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4638
4639 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4640 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4641 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4642 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4643 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4644 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4645 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4646 the tree when we're done. */
4647 ccmd = bs->commands;
4648 bs->commands = NULL;
4649 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4650 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4651 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4652 {
4653 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4654 cmd = cmd->next;
4655 }
4656
4657 while (cmd != NULL)
4658 {
4659 execute_control_command (cmd);
4660
4661 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4662 break;
4663 else
4664 cmd = cmd->next;
4665 }
4666
4667 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4668 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4669
4670 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4671 {
4672 if (target_can_async_p ())
4673 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4674 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4675 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4676 ;
4677 else
4678 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4679 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4680 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4681 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4682 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4683 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4684 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4685 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4686 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4687 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4688 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4689 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4690 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4691 again = 1;
4692 break;
4693 }
4694 }
4695 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4696 return again;
4697 }
4698
4699 void
4700 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4701 {
4702 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4703
4704 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4705 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4706 && target_has_execution
4707 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4708 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4709 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4710 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4711 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4712 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4713 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4714 break;
4715
4716 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4717 }
4718
4719 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4720
4721 static void
4722 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4723 {
4724 if (val == NULL)
4725 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4726 else
4727 {
4728 struct value_print_options opts;
4729 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4730 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4731 }
4732 }
4733
4734 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4735 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4736 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4737 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4738 normal_stop(). */
4739
4740 static enum print_stop_action
4741 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4742 {
4743 switch (bs->print_it)
4744 {
4745 case print_it_noop:
4746 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4747 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4748 break;
4749
4750 case print_it_done:
4751 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4752 relevant messages. */
4753 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4754 break;
4755
4756 case print_it_normal:
4757 {
4758 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4759
4760 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4761 which has since been deleted. */
4762 if (b == NULL)
4763 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4764
4765 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4766 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4767 }
4768 break;
4769
4770 default:
4771 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4772 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4773 break;
4774 }
4775 }
4776
4777 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4778
4779 static void
4780 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4781 {
4782 int any_deleted
4783 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4784 int any_added
4785 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4786
4787 if (!is_catchpoint)
4788 {
4789 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4790 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4791 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4792 else
4793 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4794 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4795 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4796 }
4797
4798 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4799 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4800 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4801
4802 if (any_deleted)
4803 {
4804 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4805 char *name;
4806 int ix;
4807
4808 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4809 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4810 "removed");
4811 for (ix = 0;
4812 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4813 ix, name);
4814 ++ix)
4815 {
4816 if (ix > 0)
4817 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4818 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4819 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4820 }
4821
4822 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4823 }
4824
4825 if (any_added)
4826 {
4827 struct so_list *iter;
4828 int ix;
4829 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4830
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4832 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4833 "added");
4834 for (ix = 0;
4835 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4836 ix, iter);
4837 ++ix)
4838 {
4839 if (ix > 0)
4840 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4841 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4842 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4843 }
4844
4845 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4846 }
4847 }
4848
4849 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4850 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4851 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4852 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4853 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4854 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4855 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4856 routine is one of:
4857
4858 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4859 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4860 code to print the location. An example is
4861 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4862 the location.
4863 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4864 to also print the location part of the message.
4865 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4866 don't require a location appended to the end.
4867 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4868 further info to be printed. */
4869
4870 enum print_stop_action
4871 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4872 {
4873 int val;
4874
4875 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4876 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4877 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4878 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4879 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4880 {
4881 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4882 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4883 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4884 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4885 return val;
4886 }
4887
4888 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4889 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4890 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4891 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4892 {
4893 print_solib_event (0);
4894 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4895 }
4896
4897 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4898 with and nothing was printed. */
4899 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4900 }
4901
4902 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4903 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4904 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4905 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4906 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4907 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4908
4909 static int
4910 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4911 {
4912 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4913 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4914
4915 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4916 return i;
4917 }
4918
4919 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4920
4921 static bpstat
4922 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4923 {
4924 bpstat bs;
4925
4926 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4927 bs->next = NULL;
4928 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4929 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4930 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4931 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4932 incref_bp_location (bl);
4933 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4934 bs->commands = NULL;
4935 bs->old_val = NULL;
4936 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4937 return bs;
4938 }
4939 \f
4940 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4941 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4942
4943 int
4944 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4945 {
4946 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4947 CORE_ADDR addr;
4948 struct breakpoint *b;
4949
4950 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4951 {
4952 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4953 as not triggered. */
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4955 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4956 {
4957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4958
4959 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4960 }
4961
4962 return 0;
4963 }
4964
4965 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4966 {
4967 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4968 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4970 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4971 {
4972 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4973
4974 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4975 }
4976
4977 return 1;
4978 }
4979
4980 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4981 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4982 triggered. */
4983
4984 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4985 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4986 {
4987 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4988 struct bp_location *loc;
4989
4990 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4991 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4992 {
4993 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4994 {
4995 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4996 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4997
4998 if (newaddr == start)
4999 {
5000 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5001 break;
5002 }
5003 }
5004 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5005 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
5006 addr, loc->address,
5007 loc->length))
5008 {
5009 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5010 break;
5011 }
5012 }
5013 }
5014
5015 return 1;
5016 }
5017
5018 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5019 because of check_errors). */
5020 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5021 #define WP_DELETED 1
5022 /* The value has changed. */
5023 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5024 /* The value has not changed. */
5025 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5026 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5027 #define WP_IGNORE 4
5028
5029 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5030 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5031
5032 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5033 changed.
5034
5035 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5036 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5037
5038 static int
5039 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5040 {
5041 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5042 struct watchpoint *b;
5043 struct frame_info *fr;
5044 int within_current_scope;
5045
5046 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5047 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5048 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5049
5050 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5051 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5052 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5053 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5054 return WP_IGNORE;
5055
5056 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5057 within_current_scope = 1;
5058 else
5059 {
5060 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5061 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5062 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5063
5064 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5065 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5066 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5067 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5068 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5069 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5070 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5071 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5072 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5073 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5074 return WP_IGNORE;
5075
5076 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5077 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5078
5079 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5080 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5081 if (within_current_scope)
5082 {
5083 struct symbol *function;
5084
5085 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5086 if (function == NULL
5087 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5088 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5089 within_current_scope = 0;
5090 }
5091
5092 if (within_current_scope)
5093 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5094 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5095 the user. */
5096 select_frame (fr);
5097 }
5098
5099 if (within_current_scope)
5100 {
5101 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5102 time before we return to the command level and call
5103 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5104 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5105
5106 int pc = 0;
5107 struct value *mark;
5108 struct value *new_val;
5109
5110 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5111 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5112 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5113 a mask watchpoint. */
5114 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5115
5116 mark = value_mark ();
5117 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5118
5119 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5120 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5121
5122 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5123 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5124 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5125 not what we want. */
5126 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5127 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5128 {
5129 if (new_val != NULL)
5130 {
5131 release_value (new_val);
5132 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5133 }
5134 bs->old_val = b->val;
5135 b->val = new_val;
5136 b->val_valid = 1;
5137 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5138 }
5139 else
5140 {
5141 /* Nothing changed. */
5142 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5143 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5144 }
5145 }
5146 else
5147 {
5148 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5149
5150 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5151 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5152 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5153 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5154 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5155 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5156 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5157 the first value assigned). */
5158 /* We print all the stop information in
5159 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5160 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5161 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5162 here. */
5163 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5164 ui_out_field_string
5165 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5166 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5167 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5168 ui_out_text (uiout,
5169 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5170 which its expression is valid.\n");
5171
5172 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5173 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5174 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5175
5176 return WP_DELETED;
5177 }
5178 }
5179
5180 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5181 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5182 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5183
5184 static int
5185 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5186 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5187 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5188 {
5189 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5190
5191 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5192 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5193
5194 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5195 }
5196
5197 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5198 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5199
5200 static void
5201 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5202 {
5203 const struct bp_location *bl;
5204 struct watchpoint *b;
5205
5206 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5207 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5208 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5209 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5210 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5211
5212 {
5213 int must_check_value = 0;
5214
5215 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5216 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5217 watched value. */
5218 must_check_value = 1;
5219 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5220 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5221 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5222 this watchpoint. */
5223 must_check_value = 1;
5224 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5225 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5226 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5227 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5228 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5229 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5230 must_check_value = 1;
5231
5232 if (must_check_value)
5233 {
5234 char *message
5235 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5236 b->base.number);
5237 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5238 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5239 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5240 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5241 switch (e)
5242 {
5243 case WP_DELETED:
5244 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5245 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5246 /* Stop. */
5247 break;
5248 case WP_IGNORE:
5249 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5250 bs->stop = 0;
5251 break;
5252 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5253 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5254 {
5255 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5256
5257 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5258 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5259 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5260 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5261 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5262 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5263 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5264 old value.
5265
5266 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5267 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5268 happen:
5269
5270 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5271 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5272 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5273 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5274
5275 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5276 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5277 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5278 watchpoint.
5279
5280 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5281 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5282 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5283 changes. This still gives false positives when
5284 the program writes the same value to memory as
5285 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5286 it for a read), but it's much better than
5287 nothing. */
5288
5289 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5290
5291 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5292 {
5293 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5294
5295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5296 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5297 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5298 {
5299 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5300 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5301
5302 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5303 == watch_triggered_yes)
5304 {
5305 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5306 break;
5307 }
5308 }
5309 }
5310
5311 if (other_write_watchpoint
5312 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5313 {
5314 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5315 and the value changed since the last time we
5316 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5317 Ignore it. */
5318 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5319 bs->stop = 0;
5320 }
5321 }
5322 break;
5323 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5324 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5325 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5326 {
5327 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5328 the value hasn't changed. */
5329 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5330 bs->stop = 0;
5331 }
5332 /* Stop. */
5333 break;
5334 default:
5335 /* Can't happen. */
5336 case 0:
5337 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5338 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5339 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5340 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5341 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5342 break;
5343 }
5344 }
5345 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5346 {
5347 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5348 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5349 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5350 anything for this watchpoint. */
5351 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5352 bs->stop = 0;
5353 }
5354 }
5355 }
5356
5357 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5358 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5359 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5360 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5361
5362 static void
5363 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5364 {
5365 const struct bp_location *bl;
5366 struct breakpoint *b;
5367 int value_is_zero = 0;
5368 struct expression *cond;
5369
5370 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5371
5372 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5373 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5374 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5375 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5376 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5377
5378 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5379 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5380 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5381
5382 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5383 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5384 {
5385 bs->stop = 0;
5386 return;
5387 }
5388
5389 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5390 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5391 thread/task. */
5392 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5393 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5394
5395 {
5396 bs->stop = 0;
5397 return;
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5401 implemented. */
5402 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5403
5404 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5405 {
5406 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5407
5408 cond = w->cond_exp;
5409 }
5410 else
5411 cond = bl->cond;
5412
5413 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5414 {
5415 int within_current_scope = 1;
5416 struct watchpoint * w;
5417
5418 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5419 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5420 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5421 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5422 function call. */
5423 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5424
5425 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5426 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5427 else
5428 w = NULL;
5429
5430 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5431 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5432 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5433 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5434 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5435 call site. */
5436 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5437 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5438 else
5439 {
5440 struct frame_info *frame;
5441
5442 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5443 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5444 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5445 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5446 really matter which instantiation of the function
5447 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5448 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5449 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5450 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5451 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5452 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5453 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5454 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5455 intuitive. */
5456 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5457 if (frame != NULL)
5458 select_frame (frame);
5459 else
5460 within_current_scope = 0;
5461 }
5462 if (within_current_scope)
5463 value_is_zero
5464 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5465 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5466 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5467 else
5468 {
5469 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5470 "in the current scope"));
5471 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5472 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5473 value_is_zero = 0;
5474 }
5475 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5476 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5477 }
5478
5479 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5480 {
5481 bs->stop = 0;
5482 }
5483 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5484 {
5485 b->ignore_count--;
5486 bs->stop = 0;
5487 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5488 ++(b->hit_count);
5489 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5490 }
5491 }
5492
5493
5494 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5495 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5496
5497 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5498 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5499 that:
5500
5501 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5502
5503 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5504
5505 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5506 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5507 several reasons concurrently.)
5508
5509 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5510 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5511
5512 bpstat
5513 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5514 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5515 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5516 {
5517 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5518 struct bp_location *bl;
5519 struct bp_location *loc;
5520 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5521 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5522 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5523 bpstat bs;
5524 int ix;
5525 int need_remove_insert;
5526 int removed_any;
5527
5528 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5529 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5530 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5531 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5532 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5533 inferior function calls. */
5534
5535 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5536 {
5537 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5538 continue;
5539
5540 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5541 {
5542 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5543 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5544 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5545 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5546 checked all locations already. */
5547 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5548 break;
5549
5550 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5551 continue;
5552
5553 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5554 continue;
5555
5556 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5557 matches. */
5558
5559 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5560 explain stop. */
5561
5562 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5563 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5564 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5565 bs->stop = 1;
5566 bs->print = 1;
5567
5568 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5569 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5570 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5571 iteration. */
5572 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5573 {
5574 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5575
5576 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5577 }
5578 }
5579 }
5580
5581 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5582 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5583 {
5584 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5585 {
5586 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5587 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5588 bs->stop = 0;
5589 bs->print = 0;
5590 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5591 }
5592 }
5593
5594 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5595 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5596 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5597 "catch unload". */
5598 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5599 {
5600 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5601 {
5602 handle_solib_event ();
5603 break;
5604 }
5605 }
5606
5607 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5608 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5609 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5610
5611 removed_any = 0;
5612
5613 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5614 {
5615 if (!bs->stop)
5616 continue;
5617
5618 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5619 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5620 if (bs->stop)
5621 {
5622 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5623
5624 if (bs->stop)
5625 {
5626 ++(b->hit_count);
5627 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5628
5629 /* We will stop here. */
5630 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5631 {
5632 --(b->enable_count);
5633 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5634 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5635 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5636 removed_any = 1;
5637 }
5638 if (b->silent)
5639 bs->print = 0;
5640 bs->commands = b->commands;
5641 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5642 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5643 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5644 bs->print = 0;
5645
5646 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5647 }
5648
5649 }
5650
5651 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5652 print. */
5653 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5654 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5655 }
5656
5657 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5658 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5659 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5660 done later. */
5661 need_remove_insert = 0;
5662 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5663 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5664 if (!bs->stop
5665 && bs->breakpoint_at
5666 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5667 {
5668 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5669
5670 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5671 need_remove_insert = 1;
5672 }
5673
5674 if (need_remove_insert)
5675 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5676 else if (removed_any)
5677 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5678
5679 return bs_head;
5680 }
5681
5682 static void
5683 handle_jit_event (void)
5684 {
5685 struct frame_info *frame;
5686 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5687
5688 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5689 breakpoint_re_set. */
5690 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5691
5692 frame = get_current_frame ();
5693 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5694
5695 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5696
5697 target_terminal_inferior ();
5698 }
5699
5700 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5701
5702 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5703
5704 struct bpstat_what
5705 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5706 {
5707 struct bpstat_what retval;
5708 int jit_event = 0;
5709 bpstat bs;
5710
5711 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5712 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5713 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5714
5715 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5716 {
5717 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5718 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5719 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5720 enum bptype bptype;
5721
5722 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5723 {
5724 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5725 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5726 bptype = bp_none;
5727 }
5728 else
5729 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5730
5731 switch (bptype)
5732 {
5733 case bp_none:
5734 break;
5735 case bp_breakpoint:
5736 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5737 case bp_single_step:
5738 case bp_until:
5739 case bp_finish:
5740 case bp_shlib_event:
5741 if (bs->stop)
5742 {
5743 if (bs->print)
5744 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5745 else
5746 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5747 }
5748 else
5749 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5750 break;
5751 case bp_watchpoint:
5752 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5753 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5754 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5755 if (bs->stop)
5756 {
5757 if (bs->print)
5758 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5759 else
5760 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5761 }
5762 else
5763 {
5764 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5765 This requires no further action. */
5766 }
5767 break;
5768 case bp_longjmp:
5769 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5770 case bp_exception:
5771 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5772 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5773 break;
5774 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5775 case bp_exception_resume:
5776 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5777 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5778 break;
5779 case bp_step_resume:
5780 if (bs->stop)
5781 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5782 else
5783 {
5784 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5785 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5786 }
5787 break;
5788 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5789 if (bs->stop)
5790 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5791 else
5792 {
5793 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5794 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5795 }
5796 break;
5797 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5798 case bp_thread_event:
5799 case bp_overlay_event:
5800 case bp_longjmp_master:
5801 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5802 case bp_exception_master:
5803 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5804 break;
5805 case bp_catchpoint:
5806 if (bs->stop)
5807 {
5808 if (bs->print)
5809 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5810 else
5811 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5812 }
5813 else
5814 {
5815 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5816 This requires no further action. */
5817 }
5818 break;
5819 case bp_jit_event:
5820 jit_event = 1;
5821 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5822 break;
5823 case bp_call_dummy:
5824 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5825 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5826 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5827 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5828 break;
5829 case bp_std_terminate:
5830 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5831 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5832 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5833 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5834 break;
5835 case bp_tracepoint:
5836 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5837 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5838 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5839 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5840 out already. */
5841 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5842 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5843 break;
5844 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5845 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5846 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5847 break;
5848 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5849 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5850 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5851 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5852 break;
5853
5854 case bp_dprintf:
5855 if (bs->stop)
5856 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5857 else
5858 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5859 break;
5860
5861 default:
5862 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5863 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5864 }
5865
5866 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5867 }
5868
5869 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5870 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5871
5872 if (jit_event)
5873 {
5874 if (debug_infrun)
5875 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5876
5877 handle_jit_event ();
5878 }
5879
5880 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5881 {
5882 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5883
5884 if (b == NULL)
5885 continue;
5886 switch (b->type)
5887 {
5888 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5889 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5890 break;
5891 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5892 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5893 break;
5894 }
5895 }
5896
5897 return retval;
5898 }
5899
5900 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5901 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5902 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5903
5904 int
5905 bpstat_should_step (void)
5906 {
5907 struct breakpoint *b;
5908
5909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5910 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5911 return 1;
5912 return 0;
5913 }
5914
5915 int
5916 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5917 {
5918 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5919 if (bs->stop)
5920 return 1;
5921
5922 return 0;
5923 }
5924
5925 \f
5926
5927 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5928 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5929 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5930
5931 static char *
5932 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5933 {
5934 static char wrap_indent[80];
5935 int i, total_width, width, align;
5936 char *text;
5937
5938 total_width = 0;
5939 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5940 {
5941 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5942 {
5943 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5944 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5945 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5946
5947 return wrap_indent;
5948 }
5949
5950 total_width += width + 1;
5951 }
5952
5953 return NULL;
5954 }
5955
5956 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5957 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5958
5959 "host": Host evals condition.
5960 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5961 "target": Target evals condition.
5962 */
5963
5964 static const char *
5965 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5966 {
5967 struct bp_location *bl;
5968 char host_evals = 0;
5969 char target_evals = 0;
5970
5971 if (!b)
5972 return NULL;
5973
5974 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5975 return NULL;
5976
5977 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5978 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5979 return condition_evaluation_host;
5980
5981 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5982 {
5983 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5984 target_evals++;
5985 else
5986 host_evals++;
5987 }
5988
5989 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5990 return condition_evaluation_both;
5991 else if (target_evals)
5992 return condition_evaluation_target;
5993 else
5994 return condition_evaluation_host;
5995 }
5996
5997 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5998 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5999
6000 static const char *
6001 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6002 {
6003 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6004 return NULL;
6005
6006 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6007 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6008 return condition_evaluation_host;
6009
6010 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6011 return condition_evaluation_target;
6012 else
6013 return condition_evaluation_host;
6014 }
6015
6016 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6017
6018 static void
6019 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6020 struct bp_location *loc)
6021 {
6022 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6023 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6024
6025 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6026 loc = NULL;
6027
6028 if (loc != NULL)
6029 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6030
6031 if (b->display_canonical)
6032 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
6033 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6034 {
6035 struct symbol *sym
6036 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6037 if (sym)
6038 {
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6040 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6041 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6042 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6043 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6044 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6045 }
6046 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6047 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6048 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6049
6050 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6051 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6052 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6053
6054 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6055 }
6056 else if (loc)
6057 {
6058 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6059 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6060
6061 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6062 demangle, "");
6063 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6064
6065 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6066 }
6067 else
6068 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6069
6070 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6071 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6072 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6073 {
6074 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6075 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6076 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6077 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6078 }
6079
6080 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6081 }
6082
6083 static const char *
6084 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6085 {
6086 struct ep_type_description
6087 {
6088 enum bptype type;
6089 char *description;
6090 };
6091 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6092 {
6093 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6094 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6095 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6096 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6097 {bp_until, "until"},
6098 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6099 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6100 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6101 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6102 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6103 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6104 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6105 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6106 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6107 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6108 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6109 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6110 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6111 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6112 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6113 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6114 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6115 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6116 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6117 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6118 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6119 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6120 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6121 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6122 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6123 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6124 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6125 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6126 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6127 };
6128
6129 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6130 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6131 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6132 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6133 (int) type);
6134
6135 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6136 }
6137
6138 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6139 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6140
6141 static void
6142 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6143 const char *field_name,
6144 VEC(int) *inf_num,
6145 int mi_only)
6146 {
6147 struct cleanup *back_to;
6148 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6149 int inf;
6150 int i;
6151
6152 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6153 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6154 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6155 return;
6156
6157 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6158
6159 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6160 {
6161 if (is_mi)
6162 {
6163 char mi_group[10];
6164
6165 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6166 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6167 }
6168 else
6169 {
6170 if (i == 0)
6171 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6172 else
6173 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6174
6175 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6176 }
6177 }
6178
6179 do_cleanups (back_to);
6180 }
6181
6182 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6183
6184 static void
6185 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6186 struct bp_location *loc,
6187 int loc_number,
6188 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6189 int allflag)
6190 {
6191 struct command_line *l;
6192 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6193
6194 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6195 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6196 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6197 struct value_print_options opts;
6198
6199 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6200
6201 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6202 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6203 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6204 if (loc == NULL
6205 && (b->loc != NULL
6206 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6207 header_of_multiple = 1;
6208 if (loc == NULL)
6209 loc = b->loc;
6210
6211 annotate_record ();
6212
6213 /* 1 */
6214 annotate_field (0);
6215 if (part_of_multiple)
6216 {
6217 char *formatted;
6218 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6219 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6220 xfree (formatted);
6221 }
6222 else
6223 {
6224 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6225 }
6226
6227 /* 2 */
6228 annotate_field (1);
6229 if (part_of_multiple)
6230 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6231 else
6232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6233
6234 /* 3 */
6235 annotate_field (2);
6236 if (part_of_multiple)
6237 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6238 else
6239 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6240
6241
6242 /* 4 */
6243 annotate_field (3);
6244 if (part_of_multiple)
6245 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6246 else
6247 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6248 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6249 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6250
6251
6252 /* 5 and 6 */
6253 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6254 {
6255 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6256 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6257 make sure there's just one location. */
6258 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6259 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6260 }
6261 else
6262 switch (b->type)
6263 {
6264 case bp_none:
6265 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6266 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6267 break;
6268
6269 case bp_watchpoint:
6270 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6271 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6272 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6273 {
6274 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6275
6276 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6277 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6278 is relatively readable). */
6279 if (opts.addressprint)
6280 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6281 annotate_field (5);
6282 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6283 }
6284 break;
6285
6286 case bp_breakpoint:
6287 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6288 case bp_single_step:
6289 case bp_until:
6290 case bp_finish:
6291 case bp_longjmp:
6292 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6293 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6294 case bp_exception:
6295 case bp_exception_resume:
6296 case bp_step_resume:
6297 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6298 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6299 case bp_call_dummy:
6300 case bp_std_terminate:
6301 case bp_shlib_event:
6302 case bp_thread_event:
6303 case bp_overlay_event:
6304 case bp_longjmp_master:
6305 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6306 case bp_exception_master:
6307 case bp_tracepoint:
6308 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6309 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6310 case bp_dprintf:
6311 case bp_jit_event:
6312 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6313 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6314 if (opts.addressprint)
6315 {
6316 annotate_field (4);
6317 if (header_of_multiple)
6318 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6319 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6320 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6321 else
6322 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6323 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6324 }
6325 annotate_field (5);
6326 if (!header_of_multiple)
6327 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6328 if (b->loc)
6329 *last_loc = b->loc;
6330 break;
6331 }
6332
6333
6334 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6335 {
6336 struct inferior *inf;
6337 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6338 int mi_only = 1;
6339
6340 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6341 {
6342 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6343 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6344 }
6345
6346 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6347 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6348 if (allflag
6349 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6350 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6351 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6352 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6353 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6354 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6355 mi_only = 0;
6356 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6357 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6358 }
6359
6360 if (!part_of_multiple)
6361 {
6362 if (b->thread != -1)
6363 {
6364 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6365 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6368 }
6369 else if (b->task != 0)
6370 {
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6372 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6373 }
6374 }
6375
6376 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6377
6378 if (!part_of_multiple)
6379 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6380
6381 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6382 {
6383 annotate_field (6);
6384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6385 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6386 the frame ID. */
6387 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6388 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6389 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6390 }
6391
6392 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6393 {
6394 annotate_field (7);
6395 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6397 else
6398 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6399 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6400
6401 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6402 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6403 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6404 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6405 == condition_evaluation_target)
6406 {
6407 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6408 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6409 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6410 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6411 }
6412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6413 }
6414
6415 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6416 {
6417 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6418 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6419 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6420 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6421 }
6422
6423 if (!part_of_multiple)
6424 {
6425 if (b->hit_count)
6426 {
6427 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6428 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6429 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6430 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6431 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6432 else
6433 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6434 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6435 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6436 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6437 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6438 else
6439 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6440 }
6441 else
6442 {
6443 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6444 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6445 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6446 }
6447 }
6448
6449 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6450 {
6451 annotate_field (8);
6452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6453 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6454 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6455 }
6456
6457 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6458 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6459 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6460 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6461 {
6462 annotate_field (8);
6463 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6464 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6465 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6466 if (b->ignore_count)
6467 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6468 else
6469 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6470 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6472 }
6473
6474 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6475 {
6476 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6477
6478 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6479 {
6480 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6481 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6482 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6483 }
6484 }
6485
6486 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6487 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6488 {
6489 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6490
6491 annotate_field (9);
6492 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6493 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6494 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6495 }
6496
6497 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6498 {
6499 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6500
6501 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6502 {
6503 annotate_field (10);
6504 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6505 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6506 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6507 }
6508
6509 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6510 pending. */
6511 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6512 {
6513 annotate_field (11);
6514
6515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6516 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6517 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6518 else
6519 {
6520 if (loc->inserted)
6521 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6522 else
6523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6524 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6525 }
6526 }
6527 }
6528
6529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6530 {
6531 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6532 {
6533 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6534
6535 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6536 }
6537 else if (b->addr_string)
6538 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6539 }
6540 }
6541
6542 static void
6543 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6544 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6545 int allflag)
6546 {
6547 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6548 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6549
6550 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6551
6552 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6553 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6554
6555 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6556 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6557 locations, if any. */
6558 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6559 {
6560 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6561 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6562 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6563 situation.
6564
6565 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6566 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6567 if (b->loc
6568 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6569 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6570 {
6571 struct bp_location *loc;
6572 int n = 1;
6573
6574 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6575 {
6576 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6577 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6578 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6579 do_cleanups (inner2);
6580 }
6581 }
6582 }
6583 }
6584
6585 static int
6586 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6587 {
6588 int print_address_bits = 0;
6589 struct bp_location *loc;
6590
6591 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6592 {
6593 int addr_bit;
6594
6595 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6596 an address to print. */
6597 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6598 continue;
6599
6600 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6601 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6602 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6603 }
6604
6605 return print_address_bits;
6606 }
6607
6608 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6609 {
6610 int bnum;
6611 };
6612
6613 static int
6614 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6615 {
6616 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6617 struct breakpoint *b;
6618 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6619
6620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6621 {
6622 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6623 {
6624 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6625 return GDB_RC_OK;
6626 }
6627 }
6628 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6629 }
6630
6631 enum gdb_rc
6632 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6633 char **error_message)
6634 {
6635 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6636
6637 args.bnum = bnum;
6638 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6639 an error. */
6640 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6641 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6642 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6643 else
6644 return GDB_RC_OK;
6645 }
6646
6647 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6648 internal or momentary. */
6649
6650 int
6651 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6652 {
6653 return b->number > 0;
6654 }
6655
6656 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6657 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6658 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6659 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6660 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6661 breakpoints listed. */
6662
6663 static int
6664 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6665 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6666 {
6667 struct breakpoint *b;
6668 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6669 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6670 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6671 struct value_print_options opts;
6672 int print_address_bits = 0;
6673 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6674 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6675
6676 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6677
6678 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6679 required for address fields. */
6680 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6682 {
6683 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6684 if (filter && !filter (b))
6685 continue;
6686
6687 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6688 accept. Skip the others. */
6689 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6690 {
6691 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6692 continue;
6693 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6694 continue;
6695 }
6696
6697 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6698 {
6699 int addr_bit, type_len;
6700
6701 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6702 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6703 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6704
6705 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6706 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6707 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6708
6709 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6710 }
6711 }
6712
6713 if (opts.addressprint)
6714 bkpttbl_chain
6715 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6716 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6717 "BreakpointTable");
6718 else
6719 bkpttbl_chain
6720 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6721 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6722 "BreakpointTable");
6723
6724 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6725 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6726 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6727 annotate_field (0);
6728 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6729 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6730 annotate_field (1);
6731 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6732 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6733 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6734 annotate_field (2);
6735 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6736 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6737 annotate_field (3);
6738 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6739 if (opts.addressprint)
6740 {
6741 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6742 annotate_field (4);
6743 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6744 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6745 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6746 else
6747 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6748 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6749 }
6750 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6751 annotate_field (5);
6752 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6753 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6754 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6755 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6756
6757 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6758 {
6759 QUIT;
6760 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6761 if (filter && !filter (b))
6762 continue;
6763
6764 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6765 accept. Skip the others. */
6766
6767 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6768 {
6769 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6770 {
6771 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6772 continue;
6773 }
6774 else /* all others */
6775 {
6776 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6777 continue;
6778 }
6779 }
6780 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6781 allflag is set. */
6782 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6783 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6784 }
6785
6786 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6787
6788 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6789 {
6790 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6791 empty list. */
6792 if (!filter)
6793 {
6794 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6795 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6796 else
6797 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6798 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6799 args);
6800 }
6801 }
6802 else
6803 {
6804 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6805 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6806 }
6807
6808 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6809 there have been breakpoints? */
6810 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6811
6812 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6813 }
6814
6815 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6816 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6817
6818 static void
6819 default_collect_info (void)
6820 {
6821 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6822
6823 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6824 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6825 not wanted. */
6826 if (!*default_collect)
6827 return;
6828
6829 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6830 actions. */
6831 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6832 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6833 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6834 }
6835
6836 static void
6837 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6838 {
6839 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6840
6841 default_collect_info ();
6842 }
6843
6844 static void
6845 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6846 {
6847 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6848 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6849
6850 if (num_printed == 0)
6851 {
6852 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6853 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6854 else
6855 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6856 }
6857 }
6858
6859 static void
6860 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6861 {
6862 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6863
6864 default_collect_info ();
6865 }
6866
6867 static int
6868 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6869 struct program_space *pspace,
6870 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6871 {
6872 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6873
6874 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6875 {
6876 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6877 && bl->address == pc
6878 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6879 return 1;
6880 }
6881 return 0;
6882 }
6883
6884 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6885 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6886 address spaces. */
6887
6888 static void
6889 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6890 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6891 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6892 {
6893 int others = 0;
6894 struct breakpoint *b;
6895
6896 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6897 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6898 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6899 if (others > 0)
6900 {
6901 if (others == 1)
6902 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6903 else /* if (others == ???) */
6904 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6905 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6906 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6907 {
6908 others--;
6909 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6910 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6911 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6912 else if (b->thread != -1)
6913 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6914 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6915 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6916 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6917 ? " (disabled)"
6918 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6919 ? " (permanent)"
6920 : ""),
6921 (others > 1) ? ","
6922 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6923 }
6924 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6925 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6926 printf_filtered (".\n");
6927 }
6928 }
6929 \f
6930
6931 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6932 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6933 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6934 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6935
6936 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6937 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6938 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6939 breakpoint at address zero:
6940
6941 bp_watchpoint
6942 bp_catchpoint
6943
6944 */
6945
6946 static int
6947 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6948 {
6949 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6950
6951 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6952 }
6953
6954 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6955 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6956
6957 static int
6958 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6959 struct bp_location *loc2)
6960 {
6961 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6962 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6963
6964 /* Both of them must exist. */
6965 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6966 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6967
6968 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6969 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6970 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6971 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6972 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6973 other watchpoint. */
6974 if ((w1->cond_exp
6975 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6976 loc1->length,
6977 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6978 w1->cond_exp))
6979 || (w2->cond_exp
6980 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6981 loc2->length,
6982 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6983 w2->cond_exp)))
6984 return 0;
6985
6986 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6987 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6988 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6989 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6990 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6991 become hw_access locations later. */
6992 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6993 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6994 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6995 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6996 }
6997
6998 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6999
7000 int
7001 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7002 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7003 {
7004 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7005 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7006 && addr1 == addr2);
7007 }
7008
7009 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7010 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7011 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7012 space doesn't really matter. */
7013
7014 static int
7015 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7016 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7017 CORE_ADDR addr2)
7018 {
7019 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7020 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7021 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7022 }
7023
7024 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7025 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7026 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7027 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7028
7029 static int
7030 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7031 struct address_space *aspace,
7032 CORE_ADDR addr)
7033 {
7034 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7035 aspace, addr)
7036 || (bl->length
7037 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7038 bl->address, bl->length,
7039 aspace, addr)));
7040 }
7041
7042 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7043 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7044 true, otherwise returns false. */
7045
7046 static int
7047 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7048 struct bp_location *loc2)
7049 {
7050 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7051 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7052 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7053 different locations. */
7054 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7055 else
7056 return 0;
7057 }
7058
7059 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7060 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7061 represent the same location. */
7062
7063 static int
7064 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7065 struct bp_location *loc2)
7066 {
7067 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7068
7069 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7070 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7071 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7072
7073 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7074 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7075
7076 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7077 return 0;
7078 else if (hw_point1)
7079 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7080 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7081 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7082 else
7083 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7084 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7085 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7086 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7087 }
7088
7089 static void
7090 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7091 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7092 {
7093 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7094 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7095 char astr1[64];
7096 char astr2[64];
7097
7098 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7099 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7100 if (have_bnum)
7101 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7102 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7103 else
7104 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7105 }
7106
7107 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7108 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7109 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7110 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7111
7112 static CORE_ADDR
7113 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7114 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7115 {
7116 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7117 {
7118 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7119 return bpaddr;
7120 }
7121 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7122 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7123 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7124 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7125 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7126 {
7127 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7128 have their addresses modified. */
7129 return bpaddr;
7130 }
7131 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7132 {
7133 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7134 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7135 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7136 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7137 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7138 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7139 return bpaddr;
7140 }
7141 else
7142 {
7143 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7144
7145 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7146 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7147 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7148
7149 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7150 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7151 is required. */
7152 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7153 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7154
7155 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7156 }
7157 }
7158
7159 void
7160 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7161 struct breakpoint *owner)
7162 {
7163 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7164
7165 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7166
7167 loc->ops = ops;
7168 loc->owner = owner;
7169 loc->cond = NULL;
7170 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7171 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7172 loc->enabled = 1;
7173
7174 switch (owner->type)
7175 {
7176 case bp_breakpoint:
7177 case bp_single_step:
7178 case bp_until:
7179 case bp_finish:
7180 case bp_longjmp:
7181 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7182 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7183 case bp_exception:
7184 case bp_exception_resume:
7185 case bp_step_resume:
7186 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7187 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7188 case bp_call_dummy:
7189 case bp_std_terminate:
7190 case bp_shlib_event:
7191 case bp_thread_event:
7192 case bp_overlay_event:
7193 case bp_jit_event:
7194 case bp_longjmp_master:
7195 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7196 case bp_exception_master:
7197 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7198 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7199 case bp_dprintf:
7200 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7201 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7202 break;
7203 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7204 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7205 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7206 break;
7207 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7208 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7209 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7210 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7211 break;
7212 case bp_watchpoint:
7213 case bp_catchpoint:
7214 case bp_tracepoint:
7215 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7216 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7217 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7218 break;
7219 default:
7220 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7221 }
7222
7223 loc->refc = 1;
7224 }
7225
7226 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7227
7228 static struct bp_location *
7229 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7230 {
7231 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7232 }
7233
7234 static void
7235 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7236 {
7237 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7238 xfree (loc);
7239 }
7240
7241 /* Increment reference count. */
7242
7243 static void
7244 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7245 {
7246 ++bl->refc;
7247 }
7248
7249 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7250 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7251
7252 static void
7253 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7254 {
7255 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7256
7257 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7258 free_bp_location (*blp);
7259 *blp = NULL;
7260 }
7261
7262 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7263
7264 static void
7265 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7266 {
7267 struct breakpoint *b1;
7268
7269 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7270 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7271
7272 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7273 if (b1 == 0)
7274 breakpoint_chain = b;
7275 else
7276 {
7277 while (b1->next)
7278 b1 = b1->next;
7279 b1->next = b;
7280 }
7281 }
7282
7283 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7284
7285 static void
7286 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7287 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7288 enum bptype bptype,
7289 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7290 {
7291 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7292
7293 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7294
7295 b->ops = ops;
7296 b->type = bptype;
7297 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7298 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7299 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7300 b->thread = -1;
7301 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7302 b->next = 0;
7303 b->silent = 0;
7304 b->ignore_count = 0;
7305 b->commands = NULL;
7306 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7307 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7308 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7309 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7310 }
7311
7312 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7313 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7314
7315 static struct breakpoint *
7316 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7317 enum bptype bptype,
7318 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7319 {
7320 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7321
7322 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7323 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7324 return b;
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7328 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7329 enough. */
7330
7331 static void
7332 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7333 {
7334 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7335
7336 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7337 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7338 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7339 {
7340 int is_gnu_ifunc;
7341 const char *function_name;
7342 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7343
7344 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7345 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7346
7347 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7348 {
7349 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7350
7351 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7352 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7353 &loc->requested_address))
7354 {
7355 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7356 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7357 loc->requested_address,
7358 b->type);
7359 }
7360 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7361 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7362 {
7363 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7364 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7365 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7366 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7367 breakpoint. */
7368 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7369 }
7370 }
7371
7372 if (function_name)
7373 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7374 }
7375 }
7376
7377 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7378 struct gdbarch *
7379 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7380 {
7381 if (sal.section)
7382 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7383 if (sal.symtab)
7384 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7385
7386 return NULL;
7387 }
7388
7389 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7390 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7391 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7392
7393 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7394 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7395 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7396
7397 static void
7398 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7399 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7400 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7401 {
7402 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7403
7404 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7405
7406 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7407 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7408
7409 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7410 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7411 program space. */
7412 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7413 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7414 }
7415
7416 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7417 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7418 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7419 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7420 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7421 is also returned as the value of this function.
7422
7423 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7424 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7425 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7426 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7427 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7428 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7429 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7430
7431 struct breakpoint *
7432 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7433 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7434 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7435 {
7436 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7437
7438 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7439 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7440 return b;
7441 }
7442
7443
7444 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7445 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7446 void
7447 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7448 {
7449 struct bp_location *bl;
7450
7451 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7452
7453 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7454 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7455 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7456 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7457 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7458 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7459 bl->inserted = 1;
7460 }
7461
7462 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7463 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7464 initiated the operation. */
7465
7466 void
7467 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7468 {
7469 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7470 int thread = tp->num;
7471
7472 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7473 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7474 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7475 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7477 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7478 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7479 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7480 {
7481 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7482 struct breakpoint *clone;
7483
7484 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7485 after their removal. */
7486 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7487 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7488 clone->thread = thread;
7489 }
7490
7491 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7492 }
7493
7494 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7495 void
7496 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7497 {
7498 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7499
7500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7501 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7502 {
7503 if (b->thread == thread)
7504 delete_breakpoint (b);
7505 }
7506 }
7507
7508 void
7509 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7510 {
7511 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7512
7513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7514 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7515 {
7516 if (b->thread == thread)
7517 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7518 }
7519 }
7520
7521 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7522 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7523 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7524 breakpoints. */
7525
7526 struct breakpoint *
7527 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7528 {
7529 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7530
7531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7532 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7533 {
7534 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7535
7536 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7537 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7538 1);
7539 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7540
7541 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7542
7543 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7544 if (retval == NULL)
7545 retval = new_b;
7546 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7547 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7548 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7549 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7550 }
7551
7552 return retval;
7553 }
7554
7555 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7556 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7557 stack.
7558
7559 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7560 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7561 frames. */
7562
7563 void
7564 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7565 {
7566 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7567
7568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7569 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7570 {
7571 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7572
7573 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7574 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7575 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7576 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7577 continue;
7578
7579 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7580
7581 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7582 {
7583 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7584 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7585 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7586 }
7587 delete_breakpoint (b);
7588 }
7589 }
7590
7591 void
7592 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7593 {
7594 struct breakpoint *b;
7595
7596 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7597 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7598 {
7599 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7600 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7601 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7602 }
7603 }
7604
7605 void
7606 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7607 {
7608 struct breakpoint *b;
7609
7610 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7611 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7612 {
7613 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7614 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7615 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7616 }
7617 }
7618
7619 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7620 master breakpoint. */
7621 void
7622 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7623 {
7624 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7625
7626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7627 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7628 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7629 {
7630 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7631 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7632 }
7633 }
7634
7635 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7636 void
7637 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7638 {
7639 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7640
7641 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7642 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7643 delete_breakpoint (b);
7644 }
7645
7646 struct breakpoint *
7647 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7648 {
7649 struct breakpoint *b;
7650
7651 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7652 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7653
7654 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7655 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7656 b->addr_string
7657 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7658
7659 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7660
7661 return b;
7662 }
7663
7664 void
7665 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7666 {
7667 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7668
7669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7670 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7671 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7672 delete_breakpoint (b);
7673 }
7674
7675 struct lang_and_radix
7676 {
7677 enum language lang;
7678 int radix;
7679 };
7680
7681 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7682
7683 struct breakpoint *
7684 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7685 {
7686 struct breakpoint *b;
7687
7688 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7689 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7690 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7691 return b;
7692 }
7693
7694 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7695
7696 void
7697 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7698 {
7699 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7700
7701 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7702 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7703 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7704 delete_breakpoint (b);
7705 }
7706
7707 void
7708 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7709 {
7710 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7711
7712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7713 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7714 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7715 delete_breakpoint (b);
7716 }
7717
7718 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7719
7720 void
7721 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7722 {
7723 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7724
7725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7726 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7727 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7728 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7729 }
7730
7731 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7732 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7733 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7734
7735 static struct breakpoint *
7736 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7737 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7738 {
7739 struct breakpoint *b;
7740
7741 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7742 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7743 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7744 return b;
7745 }
7746
7747 struct breakpoint *
7748 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7749 {
7750 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7751 }
7752
7753 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7754
7755 struct breakpoint *
7756 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7757 {
7758 struct breakpoint *b;
7759
7760 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7761 locations. */
7762 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7763 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7764 {
7765 delete_breakpoint (b);
7766 return NULL;
7767 }
7768 return b;
7769 }
7770
7771 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7772 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7773
7774 void
7775 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7776 {
7777 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7778
7779 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7780 {
7781 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7782 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7783
7784 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7785 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7786 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7787 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7788 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7789 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7790 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7791 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7792 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7793 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7794 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7795 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7796 )
7797 {
7798 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7799 }
7800 }
7801 }
7802
7803 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7804 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7805 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7806
7807 static void
7808 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7809 {
7810 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7811 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7812
7813 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7814 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7815 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7816 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7817 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7818 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7819 return;
7820
7821 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7822 {
7823 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7824 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7825
7826 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7827 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7828 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7829 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7830 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7831 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7832 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7833 || is_tracepoint (b))
7834 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7835 {
7836 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7837 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7838 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7839 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7840 loc->inserted = 0;
7841
7842 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7843 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7844
7845 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7846 {
7847 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7848 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7849 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7850 solib->so_name);
7851 }
7852 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7853 }
7854 }
7855 }
7856
7857 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7858 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7859 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7860
7861 static void
7862 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7863 {
7864 struct breakpoint *b;
7865
7866 if (objfile == NULL)
7867 return;
7868
7869 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7870 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7871 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7872 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7873 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7874 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7875 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7876 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7877 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7878 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7879 main objfile). */
7880 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7881 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7882 return;
7883
7884 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7885 {
7886 struct bp_location *loc;
7887 int bp_modified = 0;
7888
7889 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7890 continue;
7891
7892 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7893 {
7894 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7895
7896 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7897 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7898 continue;
7899
7900 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7901 continue;
7902
7903 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7904 continue;
7905
7906 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7907 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7908 continue;
7909
7910 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7911 {
7912 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7913 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7914 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7915 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7916 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7917 unmapped. */
7918
7919 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7920
7921 bp_modified = 1;
7922 }
7923 }
7924
7925 if (bp_modified)
7926 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7927 }
7928 }
7929
7930 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7931
7932 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7933 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7934 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7935 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7936 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7937
7938 struct fork_catchpoint
7939 {
7940 /* The base class. */
7941 struct breakpoint base;
7942
7943 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7944 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7945 catchpoint has triggered. */
7946 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7947 };
7948
7949 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7950 catchpoints. */
7951
7952 static int
7953 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7954 {
7955 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7956 }
7957
7958 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7959 catchpoints. */
7960
7961 static int
7962 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7963 {
7964 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7965 }
7966
7967 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7968 catchpoints. */
7969
7970 static int
7971 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7972 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7973 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7974 {
7975 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7976
7977 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7978 return 0;
7979
7980 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7981 return 1;
7982 }
7983
7984 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7985 catchpoints. */
7986
7987 static enum print_stop_action
7988 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7989 {
7990 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7991 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7992 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7993
7994 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7995 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7997 else
7998 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7999 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8000 {
8001 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8002 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8003 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8004 }
8005 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8006 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8007 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8008 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8009 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8010 }
8011
8012 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8013 catchpoints. */
8014
8015 static void
8016 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8017 {
8018 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8019 struct value_print_options opts;
8020 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8021
8022 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8023
8024 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8025 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8026 readable). */
8027 if (opts.addressprint)
8028 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8029 annotate_field (5);
8030 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8031 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8032 {
8033 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8034 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8035 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8036 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8037 }
8038
8039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8040 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8041 }
8042
8043 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8044 catchpoints. */
8045
8046 static void
8047 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8048 {
8049 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8050 }
8051
8052 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8053 catchpoints. */
8054
8055 static void
8056 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8057 {
8058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8059 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8060 }
8061
8062 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8063
8064 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8065
8066 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8067 catchpoints. */
8068
8069 static int
8070 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8071 {
8072 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8073 }
8074
8075 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8076 catchpoints. */
8077
8078 static int
8079 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8080 {
8081 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8082 }
8083
8084 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8085 catchpoints. */
8086
8087 static int
8088 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8089 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8090 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8091 {
8092 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8093
8094 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8095 return 0;
8096
8097 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8098 return 1;
8099 }
8100
8101 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8102 catchpoints. */
8103
8104 static enum print_stop_action
8105 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8106 {
8107 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8108 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8109 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8110
8111 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8112 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8113 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8114 else
8115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8117 {
8118 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8119 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8120 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8121 }
8122 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8123 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8124 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8125 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8126 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8127 }
8128
8129 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8130 catchpoints. */
8131
8132 static void
8133 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8134 {
8135 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8136 struct value_print_options opts;
8137 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8138
8139 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8140 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8141 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8142 readable). */
8143 if (opts.addressprint)
8144 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8145 annotate_field (5);
8146 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8147 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8148 {
8149 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8150 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8151 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8152 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8153 }
8154
8155 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8156 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8157 }
8158
8159 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8160 catchpoints. */
8161
8162 static void
8163 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8164 {
8165 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8166 }
8167
8168 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8169 catchpoints. */
8170
8171 static void
8172 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8173 {
8174 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8175 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8176 }
8177
8178 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8179
8180 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8181
8182 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8183 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8184 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8185 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8186 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8187
8188 struct solib_catchpoint
8189 {
8190 /* The base class. */
8191 struct breakpoint base;
8192
8193 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8194 unsigned char is_load;
8195
8196 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8197 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8198 char *regex;
8199 regex_t compiled;
8200 };
8201
8202 static void
8203 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8204 {
8205 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8206
8207 if (self->regex)
8208 regfree (&self->compiled);
8209 xfree (self->regex);
8210
8211 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8212 }
8213
8214 static int
8215 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8216 {
8217 return 0;
8218 }
8219
8220 static int
8221 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8222 {
8223 return 0;
8224 }
8225
8226 static int
8227 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8228 struct address_space *aspace,
8229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8230 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8231 {
8232 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8233 struct breakpoint *other;
8234
8235 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8236 return 1;
8237
8238 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8239 {
8240 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8241
8242 if (other == bl->owner)
8243 continue;
8244
8245 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8246 continue;
8247
8248 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8249 continue;
8250
8251 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8252 {
8253 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8254 return 1;
8255 }
8256 }
8257
8258 return 0;
8259 }
8260
8261 static void
8262 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8263 {
8264 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8265 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8266 int ix;
8267
8268 if (self->is_load)
8269 {
8270 struct so_list *iter;
8271
8272 for (ix = 0;
8273 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8274 ix, iter);
8275 ++ix)
8276 {
8277 if (!self->regex
8278 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8279 return;
8280 }
8281 }
8282 else
8283 {
8284 char *iter;
8285
8286 for (ix = 0;
8287 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8288 ix, iter);
8289 ++ix)
8290 {
8291 if (!self->regex
8292 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8293 return;
8294 }
8295 }
8296
8297 bs->stop = 0;
8298 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8299 }
8300
8301 static enum print_stop_action
8302 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8303 {
8304 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8305 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8306
8307 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8308 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8309 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8310 else
8311 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8312 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8313 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8314 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8315 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8316 print_solib_event (1);
8317 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8318 }
8319
8320 static void
8321 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8322 {
8323 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8324 struct value_print_options opts;
8325 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8326 char *msg;
8327
8328 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8329 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8330 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8331 readable). */
8332 if (opts.addressprint)
8333 {
8334 annotate_field (4);
8335 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8336 }
8337
8338 annotate_field (5);
8339 if (self->is_load)
8340 {
8341 if (self->regex)
8342 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8343 else
8344 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8345 }
8346 else
8347 {
8348 if (self->regex)
8349 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8350 else
8351 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8352 }
8353 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8354 xfree (msg);
8355
8356 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8357 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8358 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8359 }
8360
8361 static void
8362 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8363 {
8364 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8365
8366 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8367 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8368 }
8369
8370 static void
8371 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8372 {
8373 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8374
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8376 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8377 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8378 if (self->regex)
8379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8380 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8381 }
8382
8383 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8384
8385 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8386 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8387 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8388 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8389 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8390 created in an enabled state. */
8391
8392 void
8393 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8394 {
8395 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8396 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8397 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8398
8399 if (!arg)
8400 arg = "";
8401 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8402
8403 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8404 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8405
8406 if (*arg != '\0')
8407 {
8408 int errcode;
8409
8410 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8411 if (errcode != 0)
8412 {
8413 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8414
8415 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8416 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8417 }
8418 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8419 }
8420
8421 c->is_load = is_load;
8422 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8423 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8424
8425 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8426
8427 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8428 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8429 }
8430
8431 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8432 "catch unload". */
8433
8434 static void
8435 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8436 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8437 {
8438 int tempflag;
8439 const int enabled = 1;
8440
8441 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8442
8443 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8444 }
8445
8446 static void
8447 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8448 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8449 {
8450 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8451 }
8452
8453 static void
8454 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8455 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8456 {
8457 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8458 }
8459
8460 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8461 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8462 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8463 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8464 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8465
8466 struct syscall_catchpoint
8467 {
8468 /* The base class. */
8469 struct breakpoint base;
8470
8471 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8472 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8473 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8474 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8475 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8476 };
8477
8478 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8479 catchpoints. */
8480
8481 static void
8482 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8483 {
8484 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8485
8486 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8487
8488 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8489 }
8490
8491 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8492
8493 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8494 {
8495 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8496 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8497 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8498
8499 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8500 int any_syscall_count;
8501
8502 /* Count of each system call. */
8503 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8504
8505 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8506 if any catching is necessary. */
8507 int total_syscalls_count;
8508 };
8509
8510 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8511 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8512 {
8513 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8514
8515 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8516 if (inf_data == NULL)
8517 {
8518 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8519 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8520 }
8521
8522 return inf_data;
8523 }
8524
8525 static void
8526 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8527 {
8528 xfree (arg);
8529 }
8530
8531
8532 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8533 catchpoints. */
8534
8535 static int
8536 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8537 {
8538 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8539 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8540 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8541 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8542
8543 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8544 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8545 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8546 else
8547 {
8548 int i, iter;
8549
8550 for (i = 0;
8551 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8552 i++)
8553 {
8554 int elem;
8555
8556 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8557 {
8558 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8559 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8560 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8561 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8562 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8563 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8564 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8565 + vec_addr_offset);
8566 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8567 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8568 }
8569 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8570 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8571 }
8572 }
8573
8574 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8575 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8576 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8577 VEC_length (int,
8578 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8579 VEC_address (int,
8580 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8581 }
8582
8583 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8584 catchpoints. */
8585
8586 static int
8587 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8588 {
8589 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8590 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8591 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8592 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8593
8594 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8595 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8596 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8597 else
8598 {
8599 int i, iter;
8600
8601 for (i = 0;
8602 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8603 i++)
8604 {
8605 int elem;
8606 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8607 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8608 continue;
8609 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8610 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8611 }
8612 }
8613
8614 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8615 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8616 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8617 VEC_length (int,
8618 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8619 VEC_address (int,
8620 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8621 }
8622
8623 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8624 catchpoints. */
8625
8626 static int
8627 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8628 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8629 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8630 {
8631 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8632 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8633 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8634 int syscall_number = 0;
8635 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8636 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8637
8638 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8639 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8640 return 0;
8641
8642 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8643
8644 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8645 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8646 {
8647 int i, iter;
8648
8649 for (i = 0;
8650 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8651 i++)
8652 if (syscall_number == iter)
8653 return 1;
8654
8655 return 0;
8656 }
8657
8658 return 1;
8659 }
8660
8661 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8662 catchpoints. */
8663
8664 static enum print_stop_action
8665 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8666 {
8667 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8668 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8669 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8670 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8671 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8672 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8673 ptid_t ptid;
8674 struct target_waitstatus last;
8675 struct syscall s;
8676
8677 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8678
8679 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8680
8681 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8682
8683 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8685 else
8686 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8687 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8688 {
8689 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8690 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8691 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8692 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8693 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8694 }
8695 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8696
8697 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8698 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8699 else
8700 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8701
8702 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8703 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8704 if (s.name != NULL)
8705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8706
8707 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8708
8709 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8710 }
8711
8712 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8713 catchpoints. */
8714
8715 static void
8716 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8717 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8718 {
8719 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8720 struct value_print_options opts;
8721 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8722
8723 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8724 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8725 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8726 readable). */
8727 if (opts.addressprint)
8728 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8729 annotate_field (5);
8730
8731 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8732 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8733 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8734 else
8735 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8736
8737 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8738 {
8739 int i, iter;
8740 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8741
8742 for (i = 0;
8743 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8744 i++)
8745 {
8746 char *x = text;
8747 struct syscall s;
8748 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8749
8750 if (s.name != NULL)
8751 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8752 else
8753 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8754
8755 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8756 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8757 on every call. */
8758 xfree (x);
8759 }
8760 /* Remove the last comma. */
8761 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8762 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8763 }
8764 else
8765 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8766 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8767
8768 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8769 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8770 }
8771
8772 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8773 catchpoints. */
8774
8775 static void
8776 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8777 {
8778 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8779
8780 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8781 {
8782 int i, iter;
8783
8784 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8785 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8786 else
8787 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8788
8789 for (i = 0;
8790 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8791 i++)
8792 {
8793 struct syscall s;
8794 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8795
8796 if (s.name)
8797 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8798 else
8799 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8800 }
8801 printf_filtered (")");
8802 }
8803 else
8804 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8805 b->number);
8806 }
8807
8808 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8809 catchpoints. */
8810
8811 static void
8812 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8813 {
8814 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8815
8816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8817
8818 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8819 {
8820 int i, iter;
8821
8822 for (i = 0;
8823 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8824 i++)
8825 {
8826 struct syscall s;
8827
8828 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8829 if (s.name)
8830 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8831 else
8832 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8833 }
8834 }
8835 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8836 }
8837
8838 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8839
8840 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8841
8842 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8843
8844 static int
8845 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8846 {
8847 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8848 }
8849
8850 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8851 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8852 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8853 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8854
8855 void
8856 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8857 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8858 char *cond_string,
8859 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8860 {
8861 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8862
8863 init_sal (&sal);
8864 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8865
8866 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8867
8868 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8869 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8870 }
8871
8872 void
8873 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8874 {
8875 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8876 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8877 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8878 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8879 if (!internal)
8880 mention (b);
8881 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8882
8883 if (update_gll)
8884 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8885 }
8886
8887 static void
8888 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8889 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8890 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8891 {
8892 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8893
8894 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8895
8896 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8897
8898 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8899 }
8900
8901 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8902
8903 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8904 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8905 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8906 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8907 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8908
8909 struct exec_catchpoint
8910 {
8911 /* The base class. */
8912 struct breakpoint base;
8913
8914 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8915 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8916 triggered. */
8917 char *exec_pathname;
8918 };
8919
8920 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8921 catchpoints. */
8922
8923 static void
8924 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8925 {
8926 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8927
8928 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8929
8930 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8931 }
8932
8933 static int
8934 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8935 {
8936 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8937 }
8938
8939 static int
8940 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8941 {
8942 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8943 }
8944
8945 static int
8946 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8947 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8948 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8949 {
8950 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8951
8952 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8953 return 0;
8954
8955 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8956 return 1;
8957 }
8958
8959 static enum print_stop_action
8960 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8961 {
8962 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8963 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8964 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8965
8966 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8967 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8968 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8969 else
8970 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8971 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8972 {
8973 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8974 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8975 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8976 }
8977 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8978 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8979 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8980 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8981
8982 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8983 }
8984
8985 static void
8986 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8987 {
8988 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8989 struct value_print_options opts;
8990 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8991
8992 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8993
8994 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8995 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8996 is relatively readable). */
8997 if (opts.addressprint)
8998 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8999 annotate_field (5);
9000 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
9001 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
9002 {
9003 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
9004 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
9005 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
9006 }
9007
9008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9009 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
9010 }
9011
9012 static void
9013 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
9014 {
9015 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
9016 }
9017
9018 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9019 catchpoints. */
9020
9021 static void
9022 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9023 {
9024 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
9025 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9026 }
9027
9028 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
9029
9030 static void
9031 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
9032 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9033 {
9034 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
9035 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9036
9037 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
9038 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
9039 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
9040
9041 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9042 }
9043
9044 static int
9045 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9046 {
9047 int i = 0;
9048 struct breakpoint *b;
9049 struct bp_location *bl;
9050
9051 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9052 {
9053 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9054 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9055 {
9056 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9057 one register. */
9058 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9059 }
9060 }
9061
9062 return i;
9063 }
9064
9065 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9066 watchpoint. */
9067
9068 static int
9069 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9070 {
9071 int i = 0;
9072 struct bp_location *bl;
9073
9074 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9075 return 0;
9076
9077 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9078 {
9079 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9080 one register. */
9081 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9082 }
9083
9084 return i;
9085 }
9086
9087 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9088 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9089 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9090 types _not_ TYPE. */
9091
9092 static int
9093 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9094 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9095 {
9096 int i = 0;
9097 struct breakpoint *b;
9098
9099 *other_type_used = 0;
9100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9101 {
9102 if (b == except)
9103 continue;
9104 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9105 continue;
9106
9107 if (b->type == type)
9108 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9109 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9110 *other_type_used = 1;
9111 }
9112
9113 return i;
9114 }
9115
9116 void
9117 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9118 {
9119 struct breakpoint *b;
9120
9121 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9122 {
9123 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9124 {
9125 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9126 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9127 }
9128 }
9129 }
9130
9131 void
9132 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9133 {
9134 struct breakpoint *b;
9135
9136 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9137 {
9138 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9139 {
9140 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9141 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9142 }
9143 }
9144 }
9145
9146 void
9147 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9148 {
9149 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9150 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9151 }
9152
9153 void
9154 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9155 {
9156 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9157 breakpoint_re_set ();
9158 }
9159
9160 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9161 locations. */
9162
9163 static struct breakpoint *
9164 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
9165 {
9166 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9167
9168 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
9169 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9170
9171 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9172 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
9173
9174 b->thread = thread;
9175 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
9176
9177 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
9178
9179 return b;
9180 }
9181
9182 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9183 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9184 frame. */
9185
9186 struct breakpoint *
9187 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9188 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9189 {
9190 struct breakpoint *b;
9191
9192 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9193 tail-called one. */
9194 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9195
9196 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9197 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9198 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9199 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9200
9201 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9202 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9203 control. */
9204 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9205 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9206
9207 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9208
9209 return b;
9210 }
9211
9212 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9213 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9214 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9215
9216 static struct breakpoint *
9217 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9218 enum bptype type,
9219 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9220 int loc_enabled)
9221 {
9222 struct breakpoint *copy;
9223
9224 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9225 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9226 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9227
9228 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9229 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9230 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9231 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9232 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9233 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9234 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9235 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9236 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9237 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9238 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9239 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9240
9241 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9242 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9243 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9244
9245 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9246 return copy;
9247 }
9248
9249 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9250 ORIG is NULL. */
9251
9252 struct breakpoint *
9253 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9254 {
9255 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9256 if (orig == NULL)
9257 return NULL;
9258
9259 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9260 }
9261
9262 struct breakpoint *
9263 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9264 enum bptype type)
9265 {
9266 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9267
9268 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9269 sal.pc = pc;
9270 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9271 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9272
9273 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9274 }
9275 \f
9276
9277 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9278
9279 static void
9280 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9281 {
9282 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9283 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9284 return;
9285 printf_filtered ("\n");
9286 }
9287 \f
9288
9289 static struct bp_location *
9290 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9291 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9292 {
9293 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9294 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9295 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9296
9297 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9298 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9299
9300 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9301 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9302 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9303 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9304 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9305 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9306 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9307 sal->pc, b->type);
9308
9309 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9310 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9311 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9312 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9313 ;
9314 loc->next = *tmp;
9315 *tmp = loc;
9316
9317 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9318 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9319 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9320 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9321 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9322 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9323 loc->section = sal->section;
9324 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9325 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9326 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9327
9328 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9329 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9330 return loc;
9331 }
9332 \f
9333
9334 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9335 return 0 otherwise. */
9336
9337 static int
9338 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9339 {
9340 int len;
9341 CORE_ADDR addr;
9342 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9343 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9344 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9345 int retval = 0;
9346
9347 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9348
9349 addr = loc->address;
9350 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9351
9352 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9353 if (bpoint == NULL)
9354 return 0;
9355
9356 target_mem = alloca (len);
9357
9358 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9359 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9360 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9361 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9362
9363 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9364 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9365
9366 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9367 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9368 retval = 1;
9369
9370 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9371
9372 return retval;
9373 }
9374
9375 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9376 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9377
9378 static void
9379 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9380 {
9381 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9382 char *printf_line = NULL;
9383
9384 if (!dprintf_args)
9385 return;
9386
9387 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9388
9389 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9390 insist on it. */
9391 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9392 ++dprintf_args;
9393 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9394
9395 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9396 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9397
9398 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9399 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9400 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9401 {
9402 if (!dprintf_function)
9403 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9404
9405 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9406 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9407 dprintf_function,
9408 dprintf_channel,
9409 dprintf_args);
9410 else
9411 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9412 dprintf_function,
9413 dprintf_args);
9414 }
9415 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9416 {
9417 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9418 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9419 else
9420 {
9421 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9422 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9423 }
9424 }
9425 else
9426 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9427 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9428
9429 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9430 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9431 {
9432 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9433 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9434
9435 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9436 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9437 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9438 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9439 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9440 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9441
9442 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9443 }
9444 }
9445
9446 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9447 current style settings. */
9448
9449 static void
9450 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9451 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9452 {
9453 struct breakpoint *b;
9454
9455 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
9456 {
9457 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9458 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9459 }
9460 }
9461
9462 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9463 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9464 as condition expression. */
9465
9466 static void
9467 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9468 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9469 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9470 char *extra_string,
9471 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9472 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9473 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9474 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9475 int display_canonical)
9476 {
9477 int i;
9478
9479 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9480 {
9481 int target_resources_ok;
9482
9483 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9484 target_resources_ok =
9485 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9486 i + 1, 0);
9487 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9488 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9489 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9490 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9491 }
9492
9493 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9494
9495 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9496 {
9497 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9498 struct bp_location *loc;
9499
9500 if (from_tty)
9501 {
9502 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9503 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9504 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9505
9506 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9507 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9508 }
9509
9510 if (i == 0)
9511 {
9512 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9513 b->thread = thread;
9514 b->task = task;
9515
9516 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9517 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9518 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9519 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9520 b->disposition = disposition;
9521
9522 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9523 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9524
9525 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9526 {
9527 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9528 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9529
9530 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9531 {
9532 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9533 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9534 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9535 char *endp;
9536 char *marker_str;
9537
9538 p = skip_spaces (p);
9539
9540 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9541
9542 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9543 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9544
9545 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9546 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9547 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9548 }
9549 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9550 {
9551 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9552 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9553
9554 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9555 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9556 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9557 }
9558 else
9559 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9560 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9561 }
9562
9563 loc = b->loc;
9564 }
9565 else
9566 {
9567 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9568 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9569 loc->inserted = 1;
9570 }
9571
9572 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9573 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9574
9575 if (b->cond_string)
9576 {
9577 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9578
9579 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9580 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9581 if (*arg)
9582 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9583 }
9584
9585 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9586 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9587 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9588 {
9589 if (b->extra_string)
9590 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9591 else
9592 error (_("Format string required"));
9593 }
9594 else if (b->extra_string)
9595 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9596 }
9597
9598 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9599 if (addr_string)
9600 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9601 else
9602 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9603 me. */
9604 b->addr_string
9605 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9606 b->filter = filter;
9607 }
9608
9609 static void
9610 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9611 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9612 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9613 char *extra_string,
9614 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9615 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9616 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9617 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9618 int display_canonical)
9619 {
9620 struct breakpoint *b;
9621 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9622
9623 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9624 {
9625 struct tracepoint *t;
9626
9627 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9628 b = &t->base;
9629 }
9630 else
9631 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9632
9633 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9634
9635 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9636 sals, addr_string,
9637 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9638 type, disposition,
9639 thread, task, ignore_count,
9640 ops, from_tty,
9641 enabled, internal, flags,
9642 display_canonical);
9643 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9644
9645 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9646 }
9647
9648 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9649 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9650 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9651 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9652 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9653 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9654 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9655 we take just a single condition string.
9656
9657 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9658 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9659 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9660 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9661 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9662
9663 static void
9664 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9665 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9666 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9667 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9668 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9669 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9670 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9671 {
9672 int i;
9673 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9674
9675 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9676 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9677
9678 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9679 {
9680 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9681 'break', without arguments. */
9682 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9683 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9684 : NULL);
9685 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9686 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9687
9688 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9689 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9690 addr_string,
9691 filter_string,
9692 cond_string, extra_string,
9693 type, disposition,
9694 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9695 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9696 canonical->special_display);
9697 discard_cleanups (inner);
9698 }
9699 }
9700
9701 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9702 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9703 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9704 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9705
9706 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9707 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9708
9709 static void
9710 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9711 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9712 {
9713 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9714 breakpoint. */
9715 if ((*address) == NULL
9716 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9717 {
9718 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9719 address. */
9720 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9721 {
9722 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9723 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9724 CORE_ADDR pc;
9725
9726 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9727 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9728 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9729
9730 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9731 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9732 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9733 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9734 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9735 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9736 pc = sal.pc;
9737 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9738
9739 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9740 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9741 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9742 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9743 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9744 sal.pc = pc;
9745 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9746
9747 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9748 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9749 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9750
9751 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9752 }
9753 else
9754 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9755 }
9756 else
9757 {
9758 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9759
9760 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9761 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9762 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9763 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9764
9765 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9766 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9767 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9768 && (!cursal.symtab
9769 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9770 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9771 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9772 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9773 get_last_displayed_line (),
9774 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9775 else
9776 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9777 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9778 }
9779 }
9780
9781
9782 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9783 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9784
9785 static void
9786 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9787 {
9788 int i;
9789
9790 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9791 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9792 }
9793
9794 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9795 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9796 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9797 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9798 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9799 it, etc. */
9800
9801 static void
9802 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9803 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9804 {
9805 int i, rslt;
9806 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9807 char *msg;
9808 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9809
9810 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9811 {
9812 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9813
9814 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9815
9816 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9817 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9818 associated with SAL. */
9819 if (sarch == NULL)
9820 sarch = gdbarch;
9821 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9822 NULL, &msg);
9823 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9824
9825 if (!rslt)
9826 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9827 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9828
9829 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9830 }
9831 }
9832
9833 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9834
9835 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9836 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9837 {
9838 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9839 }
9840
9841 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9842 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9843 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9844 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9845 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9846 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9847
9848 static void
9849 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9850 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9851 char **rest)
9852 {
9853 *cond_string = NULL;
9854 *thread = -1;
9855 *task = 0;
9856 *rest = NULL;
9857
9858 while (tok && *tok)
9859 {
9860 const char *end_tok;
9861 int toklen;
9862 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9863 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9864
9865 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9866
9867 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9868 {
9869 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9870 return;
9871 }
9872
9873 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9874
9875 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9876
9877 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9878 {
9879 struct expression *expr;
9880
9881 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9882 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9883 xfree (expr);
9884 cond_end = tok;
9885 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9886 }
9887 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9888 {
9889 char *tmptok;
9890
9891 tok = end_tok + 1;
9892 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9893 if (tok == tmptok)
9894 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9895 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9896 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9897 tok = tmptok;
9898 }
9899 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9900 {
9901 char *tmptok;
9902
9903 tok = end_tok + 1;
9904 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9905 if (tok == tmptok)
9906 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9907 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9908 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9909 tok = tmptok;
9910 }
9911 else if (rest)
9912 {
9913 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9914 return;
9915 }
9916 else
9917 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9918 }
9919 }
9920
9921 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9922
9923 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9924 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9925 {
9926 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9927 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9928 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9929 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9930 char *endp;
9931 char *marker_str;
9932 int i;
9933
9934 p = skip_spaces (p);
9935
9936 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9937
9938 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9939 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9940
9941 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9942 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9943 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9944
9945 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9946 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9947
9948 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9949 {
9950 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9951
9952 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9953
9954 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9955
9956 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9957 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9958
9959 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9960 }
9961
9962 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9963
9964 *arg_p = endp;
9965 return sals;
9966 }
9967
9968 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9969 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9970 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9971 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9972 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9973 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9974 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9975 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9976 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9977 was created; false otherwise. */
9978
9979 int
9980 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9981 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9982 int thread, char *extra_string,
9983 int parse_arg,
9984 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9985 int ignore_count,
9986 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9987 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9988 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9989 unsigned flags)
9990 {
9991 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9992 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9993 char *addr_start = arg;
9994 struct linespec_result canonical;
9995 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9996 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9997 int pending = 0;
9998 int task = 0;
9999 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
10000
10001 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
10002
10003 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
10004
10005 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10006 {
10007 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
10008 addr_start, &copy_arg);
10009 }
10010
10011 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10012 switch (e.reason)
10013 {
10014 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
10015 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
10016 return 0;
10017 break;
10018 case RETURN_ERROR:
10019 switch (e.error)
10020 {
10021 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
10022
10023 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10024 error. */
10025
10026 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
10027 throw_exception (e);
10028
10029 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
10030
10031 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10032 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10033 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10034 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10035 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
10036 return 0;
10037
10038 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10039 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10040 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10041 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10042 {
10043 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10044
10045 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10046 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10047 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10048 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10049 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10050 pending = 1;
10051 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10052 }
10053 break;
10054 default:
10055 throw_exception (e);
10056 }
10057 break;
10058 default:
10059 throw_exception (e);
10060 }
10061
10062 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10063 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10064
10065 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10066 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10067 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10068 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10069 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10070
10071 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10072 are ok for the target. */
10073 if (!pending)
10074 {
10075 int ix;
10076 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10077
10078 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10079 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10080 }
10081
10082 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10083 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10084 {
10085 int ix;
10086 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10087
10088 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10089 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10090 }
10091
10092 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10093 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10094 breakpoint. */
10095 if (!pending)
10096 {
10097 if (parse_arg)
10098 {
10099 char *rest;
10100 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10101
10102 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10103
10104 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10105 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10106 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10107 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10108
10109 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10110 &thread, &task, &rest);
10111 if (cond_string)
10112 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10113 if (rest)
10114 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10115 if (rest)
10116 extra_string = rest;
10117 }
10118 else
10119 {
10120 if (*arg != '\0')
10121 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10122
10123 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10124 if (cond_string)
10125 {
10126 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10127 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10128 }
10129 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10130 if (extra_string)
10131 {
10132 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10133 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10134 }
10135 }
10136
10137 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10138 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10139 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10140 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10141 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10142 }
10143 else
10144 {
10145 struct breakpoint *b;
10146
10147 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10148
10149 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10150 {
10151 struct tracepoint *t;
10152
10153 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10154 b = &t->base;
10155 }
10156 else
10157 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10158
10159 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10160
10161 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10162 if (parse_arg)
10163 b->cond_string = NULL;
10164 else
10165 {
10166 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10167 if (cond_string)
10168 {
10169 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10170 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10171 }
10172 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10173 }
10174 b->extra_string = NULL;
10175 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10176 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10177 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10178 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10179 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10180 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10181 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10182
10183 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10184 }
10185
10186 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10187 {
10188 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10189 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10190 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10191 }
10192
10193 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10194 breakpoint. */
10195 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10196 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10197 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10198
10199 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10200 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10201
10202 return 1;
10203 }
10204
10205 /* Set a breakpoint.
10206 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10207 condition, and thread.
10208 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10209 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10210 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10211
10212 static void
10213 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10214 {
10215 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10216 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10217 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10218 : bp_breakpoint);
10219 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10220 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10221
10222 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10223 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10224 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10225 else
10226 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10227
10228 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10229 arg,
10230 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10231 tempflag, type_wanted,
10232 0 /* Ignore count */,
10233 pending_break_support,
10234 ops,
10235 from_tty,
10236 1 /* enabled */,
10237 0 /* internal */,
10238 0);
10239 }
10240
10241 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10242
10243 void
10244 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10245 {
10246 CORE_ADDR pc;
10247
10248 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10249 {
10250 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10251 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10252 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10253 sal->pc = pc;
10254
10255 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10256 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10257 if (sal->explicit_line)
10258 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10259 }
10260
10261 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10262 {
10263 const struct blockvector *bv;
10264 const struct block *b;
10265 struct symbol *sym;
10266
10267 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10268 if (bv != NULL)
10269 {
10270 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10271 if (sym != NULL)
10272 {
10273 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10274 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10275 }
10276 else
10277 {
10278 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10279 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10280 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10281 happen in assembly source). */
10282
10283 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10284 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10285
10286 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10287
10288 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10289 if (msym.minsym)
10290 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10291
10292 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10293 }
10294 }
10295 }
10296 }
10297
10298 void
10299 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10300 {
10301 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10302 }
10303
10304 void
10305 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10306 {
10307 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10308 }
10309
10310 static void
10311 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10312 {
10313 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10314 }
10315
10316 static void
10317 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10318 {
10319 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10320 }
10321
10322 static void
10323 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10324 {
10325 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10326 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10327 stop at <line>\n"));
10328 }
10329
10330 static void
10331 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10332 {
10333 int badInput = 0;
10334
10335 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10336 badInput = 1;
10337 else if (*arg != '*')
10338 {
10339 char *argptr = arg;
10340 int hasColon = 0;
10341
10342 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10343 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10344 function/method name. */
10345 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10346 {
10347 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10348 argptr++;
10349 }
10350
10351 if (hasColon)
10352 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10353 else
10354 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10355 }
10356
10357 if (badInput)
10358 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10359 else
10360 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10361 }
10362
10363 static void
10364 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10365 {
10366 int badInput = 0;
10367
10368 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10369 badInput = 1;
10370 else
10371 {
10372 char *argptr = arg;
10373 int hasColon = 0;
10374
10375 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10376 it is probably a line number. */
10377 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10378 {
10379 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10380 argptr++;
10381 }
10382
10383 if (hasColon)
10384 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10385 else
10386 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10387 }
10388
10389 if (badInput)
10390 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10391 else
10392 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10393 }
10394
10395 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10396 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10397 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10398 line. */
10399
10400 static void
10401 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10402 {
10403 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10404 arg,
10405 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10406 0, bp_dprintf,
10407 0 /* Ignore count */,
10408 pending_break_support,
10409 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10410 from_tty,
10411 1 /* enabled */,
10412 0 /* internal */,
10413 0);
10414 }
10415
10416 static void
10417 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10418 {
10419 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10420 }
10421
10422 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10423 ranged breakpoints. */
10424
10425 static int
10426 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10427 struct address_space *aspace,
10428 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10429 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10430 {
10431 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10432 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10433 return 0;
10434
10435 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10436 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10437 }
10438
10439 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10440 ranged breakpoints. */
10441
10442 static int
10443 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10444 {
10445 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10446 }
10447
10448 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10449 ranged breakpoints. */
10450
10451 static enum print_stop_action
10452 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10453 {
10454 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10455 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10456 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10457
10458 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10459
10460 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10461 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10462
10463 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10464 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10465 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10466 else
10467 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10468 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10469 {
10470 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10471 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10472 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10473 }
10474 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10475 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10476
10477 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10478 }
10479
10480 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10481 ranged breakpoints. */
10482
10483 static void
10484 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10485 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10486 {
10487 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10488 struct value_print_options opts;
10489 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10490
10491 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10492 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10493
10494 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10495
10496 if (opts.addressprint)
10497 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10498 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10499 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10500 annotate_field (5);
10501 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10502 *last_loc = bl;
10503 }
10504
10505 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10506 ranged breakpoints. */
10507
10508 static void
10509 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10510 struct ui_out *uiout)
10511 {
10512 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10513 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10514 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10515 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10516
10517 gdb_assert (bl);
10518
10519 address_start = bl->address;
10520 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10521
10522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10523 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10524 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10525 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10526 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10527 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10528
10529 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10530 }
10531
10532 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10533 ranged breakpoints. */
10534
10535 static void
10536 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10537 {
10538 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10539 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10540
10541 gdb_assert (bl);
10542 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10543
10544 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10545 return;
10546
10547 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10548 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10549 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10550 }
10551
10552 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10553 ranged breakpoints. */
10554
10555 static void
10556 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10557 {
10558 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10559 b->addr_string_range_end);
10560 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10561 }
10562
10563 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10564
10565 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10566
10567 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10568 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10569 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10570 last instruction of the given line. */
10571
10572 static CORE_ADDR
10573 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10574 {
10575 CORE_ADDR end;
10576
10577 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10578 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10579 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10580 end = sal.pc;
10581 else
10582 {
10583 int ret;
10584 CORE_ADDR start;
10585
10586 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10587 if (!ret)
10588 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10589
10590 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10591 end--;
10592 }
10593
10594 return end;
10595 }
10596
10597 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10598
10599 static void
10600 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10601 {
10602 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10603 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10604 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10605 CORE_ADDR end;
10606 struct breakpoint *b;
10607 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10608 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10609 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10610
10611 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10612 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10613 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10614
10615 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10616 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10617 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10618 bp_count, 0);
10619 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10620 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10621
10622 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10623 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10624 error(_("No address range specified."));
10625
10626 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10627
10628 arg_start = arg;
10629 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10630
10631 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10632
10633 if (arg[0] != ',')
10634 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10635 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10636 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10637
10638 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10639
10640 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10641 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10642 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10643
10644 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10645 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10646 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10647
10648 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10649 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10650
10651 /* Parse the end location. */
10652
10653 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10654 arg_start = arg;
10655
10656 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10657 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10658 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10659 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10660 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10661 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10662 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10663 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10664
10665 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10666
10667 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10668 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10669
10670 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10671 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10672 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10673 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10674
10675 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10676 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10677 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10678
10679 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10680 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10681 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10682
10683 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10684 if (length < 0)
10685 /* Length overflowed. */
10686 error (_("Address range too large."));
10687 else if (length == 1)
10688 {
10689 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10690 the `hbreak' command. */
10691 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10692
10693 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10694
10695 return;
10696 }
10697
10698 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10699 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10700 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10701 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10702 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10703 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10704 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10705 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10706 b->loc->length = length;
10707
10708 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10709
10710 mention (b);
10711 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10712 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10713 }
10714
10715 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10716 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10717 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10718 zero. */
10719
10720 static int
10721 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10722 {
10723 int i = exp->nelts;
10724
10725 while (i > 0)
10726 {
10727 int oplenp, argsp;
10728
10729 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10730 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10731 i -= oplenp;
10732
10733 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10734 {
10735 case BINOP_ADD:
10736 case BINOP_SUB:
10737 case BINOP_MUL:
10738 case BINOP_DIV:
10739 case BINOP_REM:
10740 case BINOP_MOD:
10741 case BINOP_LSH:
10742 case BINOP_RSH:
10743 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10744 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10745 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10746 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10747 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10748 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10749 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10750 case BINOP_LESS:
10751 case BINOP_GTR:
10752 case BINOP_LEQ:
10753 case BINOP_GEQ:
10754 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10755 case BINOP_COMMA:
10756 case BINOP_EXP:
10757 case BINOP_MIN:
10758 case BINOP_MAX:
10759 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10760 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10761 case TERNOP_COND:
10762 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10763
10764 case OP_LONG:
10765 case OP_DOUBLE:
10766 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10767 case OP_LAST:
10768 case OP_COMPLEX:
10769 case OP_STRING:
10770 case OP_ARRAY:
10771 case OP_TYPE:
10772 case OP_TYPEOF:
10773 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10774 case OP_TYPEID:
10775 case OP_NAME:
10776 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10777
10778 case UNOP_NEG:
10779 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10780 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10781 case UNOP_ADDR:
10782 case UNOP_HIGH:
10783 case UNOP_CAST:
10784
10785 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10786 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10787 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10788 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10789 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10790 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10791 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10792
10793 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10794 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10795 ADDR is. */
10796 break;
10797
10798 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10799 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10800
10801 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10802 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10803 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10804 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10805
10806 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10807 are always constant. */
10808 {
10809 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10810
10811 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10812 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10813 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10814 return 0;
10815 break;
10816 }
10817
10818 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10819 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10820 then it is not a constant. */
10821 default:
10822 return 0;
10823 }
10824 }
10825
10826 return 1;
10827 }
10828
10829 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10830
10831 static void
10832 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10833 {
10834 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10835
10836 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10837 xfree (w->exp);
10838 xfree (w->exp_string);
10839 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10840 value_free (w->val);
10841
10842 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10843 }
10844
10845 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10846
10847 static void
10848 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10849 {
10850 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10851
10852 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10853 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10854
10855 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10856 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10857 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10858 are loaded and unloaded.
10859
10860 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10861 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10862 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10863 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10864 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10865 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10866
10867 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10868 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10869 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10870 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10871
10872 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10873 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10874
10875 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10876 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10877 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10878 }
10879
10880 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10881
10882 static int
10883 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10884 {
10885 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10886 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10887
10888 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10889 w->cond_exp);
10890 }
10891
10892 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10893
10894 static int
10895 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10896 {
10897 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10898 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10899
10900 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10901 w->cond_exp);
10902 }
10903
10904 static int
10905 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10906 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10907 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10908 {
10909 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10910 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10911
10912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10917 (did not match the data address). */
10918 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10919 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10920 return 0;
10921
10922 return 1;
10923 }
10924
10925 static void
10926 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10927 {
10928 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10929
10930 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10931 }
10932
10933 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10934 hardware watchpoints. */
10935
10936 static int
10937 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10938 {
10939 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10940 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10941
10942 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10943 }
10944
10945 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10946 hardware watchpoints. */
10947
10948 static int
10949 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10950 {
10951 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10952 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10953 }
10954
10955 static enum print_stop_action
10956 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10957 {
10958 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10959 struct breakpoint *b;
10960 struct ui_file *stb;
10961 enum print_stop_action result;
10962 struct watchpoint *w;
10963 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10964
10965 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10966
10967 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10968 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10969
10970 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10971 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10972
10973 switch (b->type)
10974 {
10975 case bp_watchpoint:
10976 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10977 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10978 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10979 ui_out_field_string
10980 (uiout, "reason",
10981 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10982 mention (b);
10983 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10984 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10985 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10986 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10987 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10988 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10989 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10990 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10991 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10992 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10993 break;
10994
10995 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10996 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10997 ui_out_field_string
10998 (uiout, "reason",
10999 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11000 mention (b);
11001 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11002 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11003 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11004 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
11005 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11006 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11007 break;
11008
11009 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11010 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
11011 {
11012 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11013 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11014 ui_out_field_string
11015 (uiout, "reason",
11016 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11017 mention (b);
11018 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11019 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
11020 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
11021 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
11022 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
11023 }
11024 else
11025 {
11026 mention (b);
11027 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11028 ui_out_field_string
11029 (uiout, "reason",
11030 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11031 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11032 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11033 }
11034 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11035 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
11036 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11037 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11038 break;
11039 default:
11040 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11041 }
11042
11043 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11044 return result;
11045 }
11046
11047 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11048 watchpoints. */
11049
11050 static void
11051 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11052 {
11053 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11054 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11055 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11056
11057 switch (b->type)
11058 {
11059 case bp_watchpoint:
11060 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11061 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11062 break;
11063 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11064 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11065 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11066 break;
11067 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11068 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11069 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11070 break;
11071 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11072 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11073 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11074 break;
11075 default:
11076 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11077 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11078 }
11079
11080 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11081 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11082 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11083 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11084 }
11085
11086 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11087 watchpoints. */
11088
11089 static void
11090 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11091 {
11092 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11093
11094 switch (b->type)
11095 {
11096 case bp_watchpoint:
11097 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11098 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11099 break;
11100 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11102 break;
11103 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11104 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11105 break;
11106 default:
11107 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11108 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11109 }
11110
11111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11112 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11113 }
11114
11115 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11116 watchpoints. */
11117
11118 static int
11119 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11120 {
11121 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11122 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11123 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11124 return 0;
11125
11126 return 1;
11127 }
11128
11129 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11130
11131 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11132
11133 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11134 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11135
11136 static int
11137 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11138 {
11139 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11140
11141 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11142 bl->watchpoint_type);
11143 }
11144
11145 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11146 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11147
11148 static int
11149 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11150 {
11151 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11152
11153 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11154 bl->watchpoint_type);
11155 }
11156
11157 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11158 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11159
11160 static int
11161 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11162 {
11163 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11164
11165 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11166 }
11167
11168 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11169 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11170
11171 static int
11172 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11173 {
11174 return 0;
11175 }
11176
11177 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11178 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11179
11180 static enum print_stop_action
11181 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11182 {
11183 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11184 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11185
11186 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11187 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11188
11189 switch (b->type)
11190 {
11191 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11192 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11194 ui_out_field_string
11195 (uiout, "reason",
11196 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11197 break;
11198
11199 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11200 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11201 ui_out_field_string
11202 (uiout, "reason",
11203 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11204 break;
11205
11206 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11208 ui_out_field_string
11209 (uiout, "reason",
11210 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11211 break;
11212 default:
11213 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11214 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11215 }
11216
11217 mention (b);
11218 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11219 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11220 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11221 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11222
11223 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11224 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11225 }
11226
11227 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11228 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11229
11230 static void
11231 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11232 struct ui_out *uiout)
11233 {
11234 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11235
11236 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11237 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11238
11239 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11240 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11241 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11242 }
11243
11244 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11245 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11246
11247 static void
11248 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11249 {
11250 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11251 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11252 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11253
11254 switch (b->type)
11255 {
11256 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11257 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11258 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11259 break;
11260 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11261 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11262 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11263 break;
11264 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11265 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11266 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11267 break;
11268 default:
11269 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11270 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11271 }
11272
11273 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11274 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11275 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11276 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11277 }
11278
11279 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11280 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11281
11282 static void
11283 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11284 {
11285 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11286 char tmp[40];
11287
11288 switch (b->type)
11289 {
11290 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11291 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11292 break;
11293 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11294 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11295 break;
11296 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11297 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11298 break;
11299 default:
11300 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11301 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11302 }
11303
11304 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11305 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11306 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11307 }
11308
11309 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11310
11311 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11312
11313 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11314
11315 static int
11316 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11317 {
11318 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11319 }
11320
11321 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11322 hw_read: watch read,
11323 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11324 static void
11325 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11326 int just_location, int internal)
11327 {
11328 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11329 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11330 struct expression *exp;
11331 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11332 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11333 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11334 struct frame_info *frame;
11335 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11336 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11337 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11338 int toklen = -1;
11339 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11340 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11341 enum bptype bp_type;
11342 int thread = -1;
11343 int pc = 0;
11344 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11345 the hardware watchpoint. */
11346 int use_mask = 0;
11347 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11348 struct watchpoint *w;
11349 char *expression;
11350 struct cleanup *back_to;
11351
11352 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11353 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11354 {
11355 const char *value_start;
11356
11357 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11358
11359 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11360 of the arguments string. */
11361 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11362 {
11363 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11364 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11365 tok--;
11366
11367 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11368 This is the value of the parameter. */
11369 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11370 tok--;
11371 value_start = tok + 1;
11372
11373 /* Skip whitespace. */
11374 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11375 tok--;
11376
11377 end_tok = tok;
11378
11379 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11380 This is the parameter itself. */
11381 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11382 tok--;
11383 tok++;
11384 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11385
11386 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11387 {
11388 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11389 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11390 only in a specific thread. */
11391 char *endp;
11392
11393 if (thread != -1)
11394 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11395
11396 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11397 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11398
11399 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11400 thread ID. */
11401 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11402 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11403
11404 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11405 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11406 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11407 }
11408 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11409 {
11410 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11411 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11412 facility. */
11413 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11414
11415 if (use_mask)
11416 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11417
11418 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11419
11420 mark = value_mark ();
11421 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11422 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11423 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11424 }
11425 else
11426 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11427 break;
11428
11429 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11430 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11431 exp_end = tok;
11432 }
11433 }
11434 else
11435 exp_end = arg;
11436
11437 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11438 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11439 ARG. */
11440 innermost_block = NULL;
11441 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11442 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11443 exp_start = arg = expression;
11444 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11445 exp_end = arg;
11446 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11447 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11448 prettier. */
11449 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11450 --exp_end;
11451
11452 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11453 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11454 {
11455 int len;
11456
11457 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11458 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11459 len--;
11460 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11461 }
11462
11463 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11464 mark = value_mark ();
11465 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11466
11467 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11468 {
11469 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11470 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11471 }
11472
11473 if (just_location)
11474 {
11475 int ret;
11476
11477 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11478 val = value_addr (result);
11479 release_value (val);
11480 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11481
11482 if (use_mask)
11483 {
11484 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11485 mask);
11486 if (ret == -1)
11487 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11488 else if (ret == -2)
11489 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11490 }
11491 }
11492 else if (val != NULL)
11493 release_value (val);
11494
11495 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11496 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11497
11498 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11499 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11500 {
11501 struct expression *cond;
11502
11503 innermost_block = NULL;
11504 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11505 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11506
11507 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11508 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11509 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11510
11511 xfree (cond);
11512 cond_end = tok;
11513 }
11514 if (*tok)
11515 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11516
11517 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11518
11519 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11520 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11521 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11522 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11523 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11524 {
11525 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11526 {
11527 scope_breakpoint
11528 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11529 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11530 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11531 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11532
11533 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11534
11535 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11536 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11537
11538 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11539 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11540
11541 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11542 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11543 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11544 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11545 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11546 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11547 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11548 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11549 scope_breakpoint->type);
11550 }
11551 }
11552
11553 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11554 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11555 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11556 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11557
11558 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11559 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11560 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11561 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11562 else
11563 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11564
11565 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11566 b = &w->base;
11567 if (use_mask)
11568 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11569 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11570 else
11571 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11572 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11573 b->thread = thread;
11574 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11575 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11576 w->exp = exp;
11577 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11578 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11579 if (just_location)
11580 {
11581 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11582 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11583 char *name;
11584
11585 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11586 name = type_to_string (t);
11587
11588 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11589 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11590 xfree (name);
11591
11592 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11593 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11594
11595 /* The above expression is in C. */
11596 b->language = language_c;
11597 }
11598 else
11599 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11600
11601 if (use_mask)
11602 {
11603 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11604 }
11605 else
11606 {
11607 w->val = val;
11608 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11609 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11610 w->val_valid = 1;
11611 }
11612
11613 if (cond_start)
11614 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11615 else
11616 b->cond_string = 0;
11617
11618 if (frame)
11619 {
11620 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11621 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11622 }
11623 else
11624 {
11625 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11626 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11627 }
11628
11629 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11630 {
11631 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11632 need to act on them together. */
11633 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11634 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11635 }
11636
11637 if (!just_location)
11638 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11639
11640 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11641 {
11642 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11643 that should be inserted. */
11644 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11645 }
11646 if (e.reason < 0)
11647 {
11648 delete_breakpoint (b);
11649 throw_exception (e);
11650 }
11651
11652 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11653 do_cleanups (back_to);
11654 }
11655
11656 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11657 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11658
11659 static int
11660 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11661 {
11662 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11663 struct value *head = v;
11664
11665 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11666 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11667 return 0;
11668
11669 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11670 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11671 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11672 hardware watchpoint.
11673
11674 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11675 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11676 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11677 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11678 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11679 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11680 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11681 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11682 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11683
11684 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11685 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11686 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11687 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11688 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11689 {
11690 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11691 {
11692 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11693 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11694 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11695 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11696 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11697 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11698 ;
11699 else
11700 {
11701 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11702 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11703 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11704
11705 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11706 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11707 middle of some value chain. */
11708 if (v == head
11709 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11710 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11711 {
11712 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11713 int len;
11714 int num_regs;
11715
11716 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11717 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11718 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11719
11720 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11721 if (!num_regs)
11722 return 0;
11723 else
11724 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11725 }
11726 }
11727 }
11728 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11729 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11730 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11731 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11732 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11733 }
11734
11735 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11736 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11737 return found_memory_cnt;
11738 }
11739
11740 void
11741 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11742 {
11743 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11744 }
11745
11746 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11747 calls watch_command_1. */
11748
11749 static void
11750 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11751 {
11752 int just_location = 0;
11753
11754 if (arg
11755 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11756 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11757 {
11758 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11759 just_location = 1;
11760 }
11761
11762 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11763 }
11764
11765 static void
11766 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11767 {
11768 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11769 }
11770
11771 void
11772 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11773 {
11774 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11775 }
11776
11777 static void
11778 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11779 {
11780 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11781 }
11782
11783 void
11784 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11785 {
11786 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11787 }
11788
11789 static void
11790 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11791 {
11792 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11793 }
11794 \f
11795
11796 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11797 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11798
11799 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11800 {
11801 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11802 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11803 int thread_num;
11804 };
11805
11806 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11807 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11808 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11809 command. */
11810 static void
11811 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11812 {
11813 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11814
11815 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11816 if (a->breakpoint2)
11817 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11818 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11819 }
11820
11821 void
11822 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11823 {
11824 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11825 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11826 struct frame_info *frame;
11827 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11828 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11829 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11830 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11831 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11832 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11833 int thread;
11834 struct thread_info *tp;
11835
11836 clear_proceed_status (0);
11837
11838 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11839 this function. */
11840
11841 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11842 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11843 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11844 get_last_displayed_line ());
11845 else
11846 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11847 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11848
11849 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11850 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11851
11852 sal = sals.sals[0];
11853 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11854
11855 if (*arg)
11856 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11857
11858 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11859
11860 tp = inferior_thread ();
11861 thread = tp->num;
11862
11863 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11864
11865 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11866 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11867 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11868 that. */
11869
11870 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11871 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11872 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11873 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11874
11875 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11876 one. */
11877
11878 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11879 {
11880 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11881
11882 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11883 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11884 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11885 sal2,
11886 caller_frame_id,
11887 bp_until);
11888 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11889
11890 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11891 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11892 }
11893
11894 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11895 frame = NULL;
11896
11897 if (anywhere)
11898 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11899 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11900 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11901 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11902 else
11903 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11904 only at the very same frame. */
11905 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11906 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11907 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11908
11909 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11910
11911 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11912 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11913 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11914 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11915
11916 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11917 {
11918 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11919 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11920
11921 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11922 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11923 args->thread_num = thread;
11924
11925 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11926 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11927 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11928 xfree);
11929 }
11930 else
11931 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11932 }
11933
11934 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11935 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11936
11937 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11938 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11939 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11940 if clause in the arg string. */
11941
11942 char *
11943 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11944 {
11945 char *cond_string;
11946
11947 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11948 return NULL;
11949
11950 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11951 (*arg) += 2;
11952
11953 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11954 condition string. */
11955 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11956 cond_string = *arg;
11957
11958 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11959 string. */
11960 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11961
11962 return cond_string;
11963 }
11964
11965 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11966 process start/exit, etc. */
11967
11968 typedef enum
11969 {
11970 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11971 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11972 }
11973 catch_fork_kind;
11974
11975 static void
11976 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11977 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11978 {
11979 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11980 char *cond_string = NULL;
11981 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11982 int tempflag;
11983
11984 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11985 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11986 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11987
11988 if (!arg)
11989 arg = "";
11990 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11991
11992 /* The allowed syntax is:
11993 catch [v]fork
11994 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11995
11996 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11997 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11998
11999 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12000 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12001
12002 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12003 and enable reporting of such events. */
12004 switch (fork_kind)
12005 {
12006 case catch_fork_temporary:
12007 case catch_fork_permanent:
12008 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12009 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
12010 break;
12011 case catch_vfork_temporary:
12012 case catch_vfork_permanent:
12013 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12014 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
12015 break;
12016 default:
12017 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12018 break;
12019 }
12020 }
12021
12022 static void
12023 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12024 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12025 {
12026 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
12027 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12028 int tempflag;
12029 char *cond_string = NULL;
12030
12031 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12032
12033 if (!arg)
12034 arg = "";
12035 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12036
12037 /* The allowed syntax is:
12038 catch exec
12039 catch exec if <cond>
12040
12041 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12042 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12043
12044 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12045 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12046
12047 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12048 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12049 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12050 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12051
12052 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12053 }
12054
12055 void
12056 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12057 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12058 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12059 char *addr_string,
12060 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12061 int tempflag,
12062 int enabled,
12063 int from_tty)
12064 {
12065 if (from_tty)
12066 {
12067 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12068 if (!loc_gdbarch)
12069 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12070
12071 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12072 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12073 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12074 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12075 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12076 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12077 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12078 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12079 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12080 enough for now, though. */
12081 }
12082
12083 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12084
12085 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12086 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12087 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12088 b->language = language_ada;
12089 }
12090
12091 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12092 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12093 static VEC(int) *
12094 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12095 {
12096 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12097 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12098
12099 while (*arg != '\0')
12100 {
12101 int i, syscall_number;
12102 char *endptr;
12103 char cur_name[128];
12104 struct syscall s;
12105
12106 /* Skip whitespace. */
12107 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12108
12109 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12110 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12111 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12112 arg += i;
12113
12114 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12115 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12116 if (*endptr == '\0')
12117 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
12118 else
12119 {
12120 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12121 to a number. */
12122 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
12123
12124 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12125 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12126 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12127 syscall number to be caught. */
12128 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12129 }
12130
12131 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12132 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12133 }
12134
12135 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12136 return result;
12137 }
12138
12139 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12140
12141 static void
12142 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12143 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12144 {
12145 int tempflag;
12146 VEC(int) *filter;
12147 struct syscall s;
12148 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12149
12150 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12151 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12152 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12153 this architecture yet."));
12154
12155 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12156
12157 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12158
12159 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12160 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12161 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12162 for his/her architecture. */
12163 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
12164
12165 /* The allowed syntax is:
12166 catch syscall
12167 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12168
12169 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12170
12171 if (arg != NULL)
12172 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12173 else
12174 filter = NULL;
12175
12176 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12177 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12178 }
12179
12180 static void
12181 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12182 {
12183 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12184 }
12185 \f
12186
12187 static void
12188 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12189 {
12190 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12191 }
12192
12193 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12194
12195 static int
12196 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12197 {
12198 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12199 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12200 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12201 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12202
12203 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12204 return -1;
12205 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12206 return 1;
12207
12208 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12209 the number 0. */
12210 if (ua < ub)
12211 return -1;
12212 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12213 }
12214
12215 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12216
12217 static void
12218 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12219 {
12220 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12221 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12222 int ix;
12223 int default_match;
12224 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12225 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12226 int i;
12227 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12228
12229 if (arg)
12230 {
12231 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12232 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12233 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12234 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12235 default_match = 0;
12236 }
12237 else
12238 {
12239 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12240 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12241 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12242 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12243
12244 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12245 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12246 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12247 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12248 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12249 error (_("No source file specified."));
12250
12251 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12252 sals.nelts = 1;
12253
12254 default_match = 1;
12255 }
12256
12257 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12258 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12259 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12260 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12261
12262 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12263 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12264 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12265 due to optimization, all in one block.
12266
12267 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12268 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12269 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12270 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12271 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12272 to support that. */
12273
12274 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12275 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12276 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12277 breakpoint. */
12278
12279 found = NULL;
12280 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12281 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12282 {
12283 const char *sal_fullname;
12284
12285 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12286 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12287 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12288 or at default pc.
12289
12290 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12291
12292 0 1 pc
12293 1 1 pc _and_ line
12294 0 0 line
12295 1 0 <can't happen> */
12296
12297 sal = sals.sals[i];
12298 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12299 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12300
12301 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12303 {
12304 int match = 0;
12305 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12306 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12307 {
12308 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12309 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12310 {
12311 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12312 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12313 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12314 && sal.pc
12315 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12316 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12317 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12318 || loc->section == sal.section));
12319 int line_match = 0;
12320
12321 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12322 && loc->symtab != NULL
12323 && sal_fullname != NULL
12324 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12325 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12326 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12327 sal_fullname) == 0)
12328 line_match = 1;
12329
12330 if (pc_match || line_match)
12331 {
12332 match = 1;
12333 break;
12334 }
12335 }
12336 }
12337
12338 if (match)
12339 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12340 }
12341 }
12342
12343 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12344 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12345 {
12346 if (arg)
12347 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12348 else
12349 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12350 }
12351
12352 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12353 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12354 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12355 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12356 compare_breakpoints);
12357 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12358 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12359 {
12360 if (b == prev)
12361 {
12362 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12363 --ix;
12364 }
12365 }
12366
12367 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12368 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12369 if (from_tty)
12370 {
12371 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12372 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12373 else
12374 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12375 }
12376
12377 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12378 {
12379 if (from_tty)
12380 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12381 delete_breakpoint (b);
12382 }
12383 if (from_tty)
12384 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12385
12386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12387 }
12388 \f
12389 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12390 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12391 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12392
12393 void
12394 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12395 {
12396 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12397
12398 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12399 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12400 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12401 && bs->stop)
12402 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12403
12404 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12405 {
12406 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12407 delete_breakpoint (b);
12408 }
12409 }
12410
12411 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12412 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12413 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12414 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12415 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12416 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12417
12418 static int
12419 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12420 {
12421 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12422 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12423 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12424 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12425 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12426
12427 if (a->address != b->address)
12428 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12429
12430 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12431 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12432 grouped. */
12433
12434 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12435 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12436 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12437
12438 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12439 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12440 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12441
12442 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12443 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12444 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12445
12446 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12447 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12448 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12449
12450 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12451 }
12452
12453 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12454 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12455 content of the bp_location array. */
12456
12457 static void
12458 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12459 {
12460 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12461
12462 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12463 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12464
12465 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12466 {
12467 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12468
12469 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12470 continue;
12471
12472 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12473 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12474
12475 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12476 addr = bl->address - start;
12477 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12478 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12479
12480 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12481
12482 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12483 addr = end - bl->address;
12484 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12485 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12486 }
12487 }
12488
12489 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12490
12491 static void
12492 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12493 {
12494 struct breakpoint *b;
12495 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12496
12497 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12498 return;
12499
12500 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12501
12502 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12503 {
12504 struct bp_location *bl;
12505 struct tracepoint *t;
12506 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12507
12508 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12509 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12510 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12511 continue;
12512
12513 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12514 {
12515 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12516 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12517 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12518 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12519 continue;
12520
12521 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12522
12523 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12524
12525 bl->inserted = 1;
12526 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12527 }
12528 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12529 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12530 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12531 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12532 }
12533
12534 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12535 }
12536
12537 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12538
12539 static void
12540 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12541 {
12542 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12543 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12544 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12545 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12546
12547 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12548 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12549 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12550 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12551 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12552
12553 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12554 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12555 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12556 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12557 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12558 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12559 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12560 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12561 }
12562
12563 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12564 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12565 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12566 the target. */
12567
12568 static void
12569 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12570 {
12571 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12572 struct bp_location *loc;
12573 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12574 int pspace_num;
12575
12576 address = bl->address;
12577 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12578
12579 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12580 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12581 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12582 side. */
12583 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12584 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12585 return;
12586
12587 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12588 the same program space as the location
12589 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12590 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12591 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12592 {
12593 loc = *loc2p;
12594
12595 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12596 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12597 continue;
12598
12599 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12600 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12601 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12602 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12603 that have already been marked. */
12604 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12605
12606 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12607 it later on. */
12608 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12609 {
12610 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12611 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12612 }
12613 }
12614 }
12615 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12616 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12617 locations are duplicate of which.
12618
12619 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12620 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12621 info. */
12622
12623 static void
12624 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12625 {
12626 struct breakpoint *b;
12627 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12628 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12629 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12630 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12631 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12632 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12633
12634 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12635 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12636 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12637 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12638 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12639 once. */
12640 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12641 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12642 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12643 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12644
12645 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12646 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12647 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12648 unsigned old_location_count;
12649
12650 old_location = bp_location;
12651 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12652 bp_location = NULL;
12653 bp_location_count = 0;
12654 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12655
12656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12657 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12658 bp_location_count++;
12659
12660 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12661 locp = bp_location;
12662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12663 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12664 *locp++ = loc;
12665 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12666 bp_location_compare);
12667
12668 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12669
12670 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12671 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12672 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12673 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12674 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12675 location.
12676
12677 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12678 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12679
12680 locp = bp_location;
12681 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12682 old_locp++)
12683 {
12684 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12685 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12686
12687 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12688 not, we have to free it. */
12689 int found_object = 0;
12690 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12691 int keep_in_target = 0;
12692 int removed = 0;
12693
12694 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12695 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12696 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12697 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12698 locp++;
12699
12700 for (loc2p = locp;
12701 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12702 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12703 loc2p++)
12704 {
12705 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12706 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12707 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12708 place there. */
12709 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12710 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12711 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12712 {
12713 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12714 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12715 }
12716
12717 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12718 found_object = 1;
12719 }
12720
12721 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12722 have to go through updates again. */
12723 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12724
12725 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12726 if (!found_object)
12727 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12728
12729 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12730 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12731 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12732 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12733 at certain location is not inserted. */
12734
12735 if (old_loc->inserted)
12736 {
12737 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12738 it. */
12739
12740 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12741 {
12742 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12743 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12744 keep_in_target = 1;
12745 }
12746 else
12747 {
12748 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12749 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12750 remove its target-side condition. */
12751
12752 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12753 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12754 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12755 this one from the target. */
12756
12757 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12758 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12759 {
12760 for (loc2p = locp;
12761 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12762 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12763 loc2p++)
12764 {
12765 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12766
12767 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12768 {
12769 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12770 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12771 supported, but the latter are. */
12772 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12773 {
12774 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12775 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12776 }
12777
12778 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12779 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12780 unduplicated. */
12781 if (loc2 != old_loc
12782 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12783 {
12784 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12785 keep_in_target = 1;
12786 break;
12787 }
12788 }
12789 }
12790 }
12791 }
12792
12793 if (!keep_in_target)
12794 {
12795 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12796 {
12797 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12798 this location on the global list, and try to
12799 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12800 reason why we will succeed next time.
12801
12802 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12803 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12804 only after calling us. */
12805 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12806 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12807 old_loc->owner->number);
12808 }
12809 removed = 1;
12810 }
12811 }
12812
12813 if (!found_object)
12814 {
12815 if (removed && non_stop
12816 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12817 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12818 {
12819 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12820 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12821 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12822 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12823 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12824 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12825 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12826 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12827 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12828 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12829 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12830 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12831 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12832 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12833 SIGTRAP.
12834
12835 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12836 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12837
12838 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12839 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12840 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12841 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12842 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12843 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12844 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12845 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12846 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12847 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12848 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12849 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12850 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12851 thread_count.
12852
12853 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12854 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12855 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12856 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12857
12858 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12859 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12860 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12861 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12862 traps we can no longer explain. */
12863
12864 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12865 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12866
12867 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12868 }
12869 else
12870 {
12871 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12872 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12873 }
12874 }
12875 }
12876
12877 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12878 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12879 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12880 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12881 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12882 are sorted first for the same address.
12883
12884 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12885 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12886
12887 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12888 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12889 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12890 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12892 {
12893 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12894 non-NULL. */
12895 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12896 b = loc->owner;
12897
12898 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12899 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12900 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12901 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12902 `struct bp_location'. */
12903 || is_tracepoint (b))
12904 {
12905 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12906 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12907 continue;
12908 }
12909
12910 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12911 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12912 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12913 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12914 "actually inserted"));
12915
12916 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12917 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12918 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12919 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12920 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12921 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12922 else
12923 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12924
12925 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12926 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12927 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12928 {
12929 *loc_first_p = loc;
12930 loc->duplicate = 0;
12931
12932 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12933 {
12934 loc->needs_update = 1;
12935 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12936 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12937 }
12938 continue;
12939 }
12940
12941
12942 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12943 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12944 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12945 if (loc->inserted)
12946 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12947 loc->duplicate = 1;
12948
12949 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12950 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12951
12952 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12953 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12954 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12955 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12956 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12957 }
12958
12959 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12960 {
12961 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12962 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12963 else
12964 {
12965 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12966 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12967 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12968 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12969 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12970 "needs_update". */
12971 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12972 }
12973 }
12974
12975 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12976 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12977
12978 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12979 }
12980
12981 void
12982 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12983 {
12984 struct bp_location *loc;
12985 int ix;
12986
12987 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12988 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12989 {
12990 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12991 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12992 --ix;
12993 }
12994 }
12995
12996 static void
12997 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12998 {
12999 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13000
13001 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13002 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
13003 }
13004
13005 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13006
13007 static void
13008 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
13009 {
13010 bpstat bs;
13011
13012 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
13013 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
13014 {
13015 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
13016 bs->old_val = NULL;
13017 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13018 }
13019 }
13020
13021 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13022 static int
13023 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
13024 {
13025 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
13026
13027 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
13028 return 0;
13029 }
13030
13031 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13032 callbacks. */
13033
13034 static void
13035 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
13036 {
13037 struct value_print_options opts;
13038
13039 get_user_print_options (&opts);
13040
13041 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13042 single string. */
13043 if (b->loc == NULL)
13044 {
13045 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13046 }
13047 else
13048 {
13049 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13050 {
13051 printf_filtered (" at ");
13052 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13053 gdb_stdout);
13054 }
13055 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13056 {
13057 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13058 more nicely. */
13059 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13060 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13061 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13062 b->loc->line_number);
13063 else
13064 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13065 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13066 real situation somewhat. */
13067 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13068 }
13069
13070 if (b->loc->next)
13071 {
13072 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13073 int n = 0;
13074 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13075 ++n;
13076 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13077 }
13078 }
13079 }
13080
13081 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13082
13083 static void
13084 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13085 {
13086 xfree (self->cond);
13087 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13088 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13089 xfree (self->function_name);
13090
13091 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13092 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13093 }
13094
13095 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13096 {
13097 bp_location_dtor
13098 };
13099
13100 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13101 inherit from. */
13102
13103 static void
13104 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13105 {
13106 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13107 xfree (self->cond_string);
13108 xfree (self->extra_string);
13109 xfree (self->addr_string);
13110 xfree (self->filter);
13111 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13112 }
13113
13114 static struct bp_location *
13115 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13116 {
13117 struct bp_location *loc;
13118
13119 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13120 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13121 return loc;
13122 }
13123
13124 static void
13125 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13126 {
13127 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13128 }
13129
13130 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13131 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13132
13133 static int
13134 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13135 {
13136 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13137 }
13138
13139 static int
13140 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13141 {
13142 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13143 }
13144
13145 static int
13146 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13147 struct address_space *aspace,
13148 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13149 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13150 {
13151 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13152 }
13153
13154 static void
13155 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13156 {
13157 /* Always stop. */
13158 }
13159
13160 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13161 errors. */
13162
13163 static int
13164 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13165 {
13166 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13167 }
13168
13169 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13170 errors. */
13171
13172 static int
13173 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13174 {
13175 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13176 }
13177
13178 static enum print_stop_action
13179 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13180 {
13181 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13182 }
13183
13184 static void
13185 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13186 struct ui_out *uiout)
13187 {
13188 /* nothing */
13189 }
13190
13191 static void
13192 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13193 {
13194 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13195 }
13196
13197 static void
13198 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13199 {
13200 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13201 }
13202
13203 static void
13204 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13205 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13206 enum bptype type_wanted,
13207 char *addr_start,
13208 char **copy_arg)
13209 {
13210 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13211 }
13212
13213 static void
13214 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13215 struct linespec_result *c,
13216 char *cond_string,
13217 char *extra_string,
13218 enum bptype type_wanted,
13219 enum bpdisp disposition,
13220 int thread,
13221 int task, int ignore_count,
13222 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13223 int from_tty, int enabled,
13224 int internal, unsigned flags)
13225 {
13226 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13227 }
13228
13229 static void
13230 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13231 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13232 {
13233 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13234 }
13235
13236 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13237
13238 static int
13239 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13240 {
13241 return 1;
13242 }
13243
13244 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13245
13246 static void
13247 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13248 {
13249 /* Nothing to do. */
13250 }
13251
13252 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13253 {
13254 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13255 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13256 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13257 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13258 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13259 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13260 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13261 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13262 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13263 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13264 NULL,
13265 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13266 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13267 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13268 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13269 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13270 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13271 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13272 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13273 };
13274
13275 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13276
13277 static void
13278 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13279 {
13280 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13281 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13282 {
13283 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13284 delete_breakpoint (b);
13285 return;
13286 }
13287
13288 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13289 }
13290
13291 static int
13292 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13293 {
13294 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13295 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13296 else
13297 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13298 }
13299
13300 static int
13301 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13302 {
13303 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13304 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13305 else
13306 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13307 }
13308
13309 static int
13310 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13311 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13312 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13313 {
13314 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13315 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13316 return 0;
13317
13318 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13319 aspace, bp_addr))
13320 return 0;
13321
13322 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13323 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13324 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13325 return 0;
13326
13327 return 1;
13328 }
13329
13330 static int
13331 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13332 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13333 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13334 {
13335 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13336 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13337 {
13338 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13339 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13340 be set at the same address. */
13341 return 0;
13342 }
13343
13344 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13345 }
13346
13347 static int
13348 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13349 {
13350 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13351
13352 return 1;
13353 }
13354
13355 static enum print_stop_action
13356 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13357 {
13358 struct breakpoint *b;
13359 const struct bp_location *bl;
13360 int bp_temp;
13361 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13362
13363 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13364
13365 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13366 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13367
13368 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13369 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13370 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13371 bl->address,
13372 b->number, 1);
13373 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13374 if (bp_temp)
13375 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13376 else
13377 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13378 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13379 {
13380 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13381 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13382 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13383 }
13384 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13385 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13386
13387 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13388 }
13389
13390 static void
13391 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13392 {
13393 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13394 return;
13395
13396 switch (b->type)
13397 {
13398 case bp_breakpoint:
13399 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13400 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13401 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13402 else
13403 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13404 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13405 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13406 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13407 break;
13408 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13409 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13410 break;
13411 case bp_dprintf:
13412 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13413 break;
13414 }
13415
13416 say_where (b);
13417 }
13418
13419 static void
13420 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13421 {
13422 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13424 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13426 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13427 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13428 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13429 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13431 else
13432 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13433 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13434
13435 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13436 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13437 }
13438
13439 static void
13440 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13441 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted,
13443 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13444 {
13445 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13446 addr_start, copy_arg);
13447 }
13448
13449 static void
13450 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13451 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13452 char *cond_string,
13453 char *extra_string,
13454 enum bptype type_wanted,
13455 enum bpdisp disposition,
13456 int thread,
13457 int task, int ignore_count,
13458 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13459 int from_tty, int enabled,
13460 int internal, unsigned flags)
13461 {
13462 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13463 cond_string, extra_string,
13464 type_wanted,
13465 disposition, thread, task,
13466 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13467 enabled, internal, flags);
13468 }
13469
13470 static void
13471 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13472 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13473 {
13474 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13475 }
13476
13477 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13478
13479 static void
13480 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13481 {
13482 switch (b->type)
13483 {
13484 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13485 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13486 case bp_overlay_event:
13487 case bp_longjmp_master:
13488 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13489 case bp_exception_master:
13490 delete_breakpoint (b);
13491 break;
13492
13493 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13494 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13495 case bp_shlib_event:
13496
13497 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13498 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13499 case bp_thread_event:
13500 break;
13501 }
13502 }
13503
13504 static void
13505 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13506 {
13507 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13508 {
13509 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13510 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13511 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13512 objects (among other things). */
13513 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13514 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13515 }
13516 else
13517 bs->stop = 0;
13518 }
13519
13520 static enum print_stop_action
13521 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13522 {
13523 struct breakpoint *b;
13524
13525 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13526
13527 switch (b->type)
13528 {
13529 case bp_shlib_event:
13530 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13531 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13532 to shlib event" message.) */
13533 print_solib_event (0);
13534 break;
13535
13536 case bp_thread_event:
13537 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13538 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13539 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13540 break;
13541
13542 case bp_overlay_event:
13543 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13544 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13545 break;
13546
13547 case bp_longjmp_master:
13548 /* These should never be enabled. */
13549 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13550 break;
13551
13552 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13553 /* These should never be enabled. */
13554 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13555 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13556 break;
13557
13558 case bp_exception_master:
13559 /* These should never be enabled. */
13560 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13561 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13562 break;
13563 }
13564
13565 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13566 }
13567
13568 static void
13569 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13570 {
13571 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13572 }
13573
13574 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13575
13576 static void
13577 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13578 {
13579 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13580 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13581 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13582 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13583 }
13584
13585 static void
13586 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13587 {
13588 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13589 }
13590
13591 static enum print_stop_action
13592 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13593 {
13594 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13595
13596 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13597 {
13598 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13599
13600 switch (b->type)
13601 {
13602 case bp_finish:
13603 ui_out_field_string
13604 (uiout, "reason",
13605 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13606 break;
13607
13608 case bp_until:
13609 ui_out_field_string
13610 (uiout, "reason",
13611 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13612 break;
13613 }
13614 }
13615
13616 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13617 }
13618
13619 static void
13620 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13621 {
13622 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13623 }
13624
13625 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13626
13627 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13628 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13629
13630 static void
13631 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13632 {
13633 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13634
13635 if (tp)
13636 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13637
13638 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13639 }
13640
13641 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13642
13643 static int
13644 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13645 {
13646 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13647
13648 if (v == 0)
13649 {
13650 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13651 if needed. */
13652 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13653 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13654 bl->probe.objfile,
13655 bl->gdbarch);
13656 }
13657
13658 return v;
13659 }
13660
13661 static int
13662 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13663 {
13664 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13665 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13666 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13667 bl->probe.objfile,
13668 bl->gdbarch);
13669
13670 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13671 }
13672
13673 static void
13674 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13675 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13676 enum bptype type_wanted,
13677 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13678 {
13679 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13680
13681 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13682
13683 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13684 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13685
13686 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13687 }
13688
13689 static void
13690 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13691 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13692 {
13693 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13694 if (!sals->sals)
13695 error (_("probe not found"));
13696 }
13697
13698 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13699
13700 static void
13701 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13702 {
13703 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13704 }
13705
13706 static int
13707 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13708 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13709 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13710 {
13711 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13712 tracepoints. */
13713 return 0;
13714 }
13715
13716 static void
13717 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13718 struct ui_out *uiout)
13719 {
13720 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13721 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13722 {
13723 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13724
13725 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13726 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13727 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13729 }
13730 }
13731
13732 static void
13733 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13734 {
13735 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13736 return;
13737
13738 switch (b->type)
13739 {
13740 case bp_tracepoint:
13741 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13742 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13743 break;
13744 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13745 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13746 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13747 break;
13748 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13749 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13750 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13751 break;
13752 default:
13753 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13754 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13755 }
13756
13757 say_where (b);
13758 }
13759
13760 static void
13761 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13762 {
13763 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13764
13765 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13767 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13768 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13769 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13771 else
13772 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13773 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13774
13775 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13776 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13777
13778 if (tp->pass_count)
13779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13780 }
13781
13782 static void
13783 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13784 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13785 enum bptype type_wanted,
13786 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13787 {
13788 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13789 addr_start, copy_arg);
13790 }
13791
13792 static void
13793 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13794 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13795 char *cond_string,
13796 char *extra_string,
13797 enum bptype type_wanted,
13798 enum bpdisp disposition,
13799 int thread,
13800 int task, int ignore_count,
13801 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13802 int from_tty, int enabled,
13803 int internal, unsigned flags)
13804 {
13805 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13806 cond_string, extra_string,
13807 type_wanted,
13808 disposition, thread, task,
13809 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13810 enabled, internal, flags);
13811 }
13812
13813 static void
13814 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13815 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13816 {
13817 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13818 }
13819
13820 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13821
13822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13823 static probe. */
13824
13825 static void
13826 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13827 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13828 enum bptype type_wanted,
13829 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13830 {
13831 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13832 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13833 addr_start, copy_arg);
13834 }
13835
13836 static void
13837 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13838 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13839 {
13840 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13841 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13842 }
13843
13844 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13845
13846 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13847
13848 static void
13849 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13850 {
13851 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13852
13853 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13854 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13855 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13856 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13857 resolved. */
13858 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13859 error (_("Format string required"));
13860
13861 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13862 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13863 3 - disconnect from target 1
13864 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13865
13866 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13867 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13868 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13869 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13870 it all the time. */
13871 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13872 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13873 }
13874
13875 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13876
13877 static void
13878 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13879 {
13880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13881 tp->extra_string);
13882 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13883 }
13884
13885 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13886 dprintf.
13887
13888 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13889 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13890 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13891 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13892 address are all handled. */
13893
13894 static void
13895 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13896 {
13897 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13898 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13899 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13900
13901 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13902 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13903 condition not be evaluated. */
13904 bs->stop = 0;
13905
13906 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13907 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13908 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13909 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13910 commands here throws. */
13911 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13912 bs->commands = NULL;
13913 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13914
13915 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13916
13917 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13918 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13919 list. */
13920 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13921 }
13922
13923 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13924 markers (`-m'). */
13925
13926 static void
13927 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13928 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13929 enum bptype type_wanted,
13930 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13931 {
13932 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13933
13934 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13935
13936 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13937
13938 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13939 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13940 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13941 }
13942
13943 static void
13944 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13945 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13946 char *cond_string,
13947 char *extra_string,
13948 enum bptype type_wanted,
13949 enum bpdisp disposition,
13950 int thread,
13951 int task, int ignore_count,
13952 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13953 int from_tty, int enabled,
13954 int internal, unsigned flags)
13955 {
13956 int i;
13957 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13958 canonical->sals, 0);
13959
13960 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13961 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13962 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13963 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13964 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13965 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13966
13967 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13968 {
13969 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13970 struct tracepoint *tp;
13971 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13972 char *addr_string;
13973
13974 expanded.nelts = 1;
13975 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13976
13977 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13978 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13979
13980 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13981 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13982 addr_string, NULL,
13983 cond_string, extra_string,
13984 type_wanted, disposition,
13985 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13986 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13987 canonical->special_display);
13988 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13989 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13990 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13991 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13992 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13993 corresponds to this one */
13994 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13995
13996 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13997
13998 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13999 }
14000 }
14001
14002 static void
14003 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14004 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14005 {
14006 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14007
14008 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
14009 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
14010 {
14011 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
14012 sals->nelts = 1;
14013 }
14014 else
14015 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14016 }
14017
14018 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14019
14020 static int
14021 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
14022 {
14023 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14024 }
14025
14026 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14027 structures. */
14028
14029 void
14030 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14031 {
14032 struct breakpoint *b;
14033
14034 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
14035
14036 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14037 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14038 especial culprits.
14039
14040 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14041 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14042 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14043 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14044 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14045 deleted.
14046
14047 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14048 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14049 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14050 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14051 was chosen. */
14052 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14053 return;
14054
14055 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14056 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14057 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14058 {
14059 struct breakpoint *related;
14060 struct watchpoint *w;
14061
14062 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14063 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14064 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14065 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14066 else
14067 w = NULL;
14068 if (w != NULL)
14069 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14070
14071 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14072 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14073 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14074 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14075 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14076 }
14077
14078 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14079 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14080 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14081 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14082 if (bpt->number)
14083 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14084
14085 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14086 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14087
14088 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14089 if (b->next == bpt)
14090 {
14091 b->next = bpt->next;
14092 break;
14093 }
14094
14095 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14096 been freed. */
14097 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14098 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14099 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14100 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14101 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14102 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14103 commands won't work. */
14104
14105 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14106
14107 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14108 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14109 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14110 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14111 might be better design to have location completely
14112 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14113 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14114
14115 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14116 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14117 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14118 bpt->type = bp_none;
14119 xfree (bpt);
14120 }
14121
14122 static void
14123 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14124 {
14125 delete_breakpoint (b);
14126 }
14127
14128 struct cleanup *
14129 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14130 {
14131 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14132 }
14133
14134 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14135 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14136
14137 static void
14138 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14139 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14140 void *),
14141 void *data)
14142 {
14143 struct breakpoint *related;
14144
14145 related = b;
14146 do
14147 {
14148 struct breakpoint *next;
14149
14150 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14151 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14152
14153 if (next == related)
14154 {
14155 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14156 function (related, data);
14157
14158 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14159 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14160 out. */
14161 break;
14162 }
14163 else
14164 function (related, data);
14165
14166 related = next;
14167 }
14168 while (related != b);
14169 }
14170
14171 static void
14172 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14173 {
14174 delete_breakpoint (b);
14175 }
14176
14177 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14178 delete_breakpoint. */
14179
14180 static void
14181 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14182 {
14183 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14184 }
14185
14186 void
14187 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14188 {
14189 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14190
14191 dont_repeat ();
14192
14193 if (arg == 0)
14194 {
14195 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14196
14197 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14198 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14199 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14200 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14201 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14202 {
14203 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14204 break;
14205 }
14206
14207 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14208 if (!from_tty
14209 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14210 {
14211 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14212 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14213 delete_breakpoint (b);
14214 }
14215 }
14216 else
14217 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14218 }
14219
14220 static int
14221 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14222 {
14223 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14224 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14225 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14226 return 0;
14227 return 1;
14228 }
14229
14230 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14231 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14232 Null names are ignored. */
14233
14234 static int
14235 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14236 {
14237 struct bp_location *l;
14238 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14239 (int (*) (const void *,
14240 const void *)) streq,
14241 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14242
14243 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14244 {
14245 const char **slot;
14246 const char *name = l->function_name;
14247
14248 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14249 if (name == NULL)
14250 continue;
14251
14252 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14253 INSERT);
14254 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14255 returns NULL. */
14256 if (*slot != NULL)
14257 {
14258 htab_delete (htab);
14259 return 1;
14260 }
14261 *slot = name;
14262 }
14263
14264 htab_delete (htab);
14265 return 0;
14266 }
14267
14268 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14269 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14270 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14271 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14272 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14273 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14274 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14275 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14276 The heuristic is:
14277
14278 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14279 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14280 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14281 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14282 in the sources, and output a warning.
14283
14284 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14285 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14286 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14287 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14288 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14289 warning.
14290
14291 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14292 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14293 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14294 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14295 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14296 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14297 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14298 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14299 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14300
14301 static struct symtab_and_line
14302 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14303 {
14304 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14305 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14306 CORE_ADDR pc;
14307
14308 pc = sal.pc;
14309 if (sal.line)
14310 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14311
14312 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14313 {
14314 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14315 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14316 b->number,
14317 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14318
14319 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14320 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14321 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14322
14323 return sal;
14324 }
14325
14326 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14327 by string ID. */
14328 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14329 && sal.line != 0
14330 && sal.symtab != NULL
14331 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14332 {
14333 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14334
14335 markers
14336 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14337
14338 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14339 {
14340 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14341 struct symbol *sym;
14342 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14343 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14344
14345 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14346
14347 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14348 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14349
14350 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14351 "found at previous line number"),
14352 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14353
14354 init_sal (&sal2);
14355
14356 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14357
14358 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14359 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14360 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14361 if (sym)
14362 {
14363 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14364 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14365 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14366 }
14367 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14368 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14369 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14370
14371 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14372 {
14373 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14374
14375 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14376 }
14377
14378 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14379 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14380
14381 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14382 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14383
14384 xfree (b->addr_string);
14385 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14386 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14387 b->loc->line_number);
14388
14389 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14390 so. */
14391
14392 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14393 }
14394 }
14395 return sal;
14396 }
14397
14398 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14399 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14400
14401 static int
14402 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14403 {
14404 while (a && b)
14405 {
14406 if (a->address != b->address)
14407 return 0;
14408
14409 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14410 return 0;
14411
14412 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14413 return 0;
14414
14415 a = a->next;
14416 b = b->next;
14417 }
14418
14419 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14420 return 0;
14421
14422 return 1;
14423 }
14424
14425 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14426 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14427 a ranged breakpoint. */
14428
14429 void
14430 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14431 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14432 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14433 {
14434 int i;
14435 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14436
14437 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14438 {
14439 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14440 location. */
14441 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14442 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14443 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14444 "multiple locations found\n"),
14445 b->number);
14446 return;
14447 }
14448
14449 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14450 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14451 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14452 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14453 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14454 individual locations. */
14455 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14456 return;
14457
14458 b->loc = NULL;
14459
14460 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14461 {
14462 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14463
14464 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14465
14466 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14467
14468 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14469 old symtab. */
14470 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14471 {
14472 const char *s;
14473 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14474
14475 s = b->cond_string;
14476 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14477 {
14478 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14479 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14480 0);
14481 }
14482 if (e.reason < 0)
14483 {
14484 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14485 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14486 b->number, e.message);
14487 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14488 }
14489 }
14490
14491 if (sals_end.nelts)
14492 {
14493 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14494
14495 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14496 }
14497 }
14498
14499 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14500 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14501 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14502
14503 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14504 breakpoints. */
14505 {
14506 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14507 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14508 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14509 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14510 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14511 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14512 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14513
14514 for (; e; e = e->next)
14515 {
14516 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14517 {
14518 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14519 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14520 {
14521 for (; l; l = l->next)
14522 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14523 {
14524 l->enabled = 0;
14525 break;
14526 }
14527 }
14528 else
14529 {
14530 for (; l; l = l->next)
14531 if (l->function_name
14532 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14533 {
14534 l->enabled = 0;
14535 break;
14536 }
14537 }
14538 }
14539 }
14540 }
14541
14542 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14543 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14544
14545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14546 }
14547
14548 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14549 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14550
14551 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14552 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14553 {
14554 char *s;
14555 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14556 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14557
14558 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14559 s = addr_string;
14560
14561 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14562 {
14563 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14564 }
14565 if (e.reason < 0)
14566 {
14567 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14568 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14569 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14570 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14571 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14572 state, then user already saw the message about that
14573 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14574 errors. */
14575 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14576 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14577 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14578 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14579 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14580 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14581
14582 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14583 {
14584 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14585 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14586 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14587 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14588 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14589 which approach is better. */
14590 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14591 throw_exception (e);
14592 }
14593 }
14594
14595 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14596 {
14597 int i;
14598
14599 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14600 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14601 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14602 {
14603 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14604 int thread, task;
14605
14606 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14607 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14608 &extra_string);
14609 if (cond_string)
14610 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14611 b->thread = thread;
14612 b->task = task;
14613 if (extra_string)
14614 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14615 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14616 }
14617
14618 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14619 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14620
14621 *found = 1;
14622 }
14623 else
14624 *found = 0;
14625
14626 return sals;
14627 }
14628
14629 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14630 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14631 locations. */
14632
14633 static void
14634 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14635 {
14636 int found;
14637 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14638 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14639 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14640
14641 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14642 if (found)
14643 {
14644 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14645 expanded = sals;
14646 }
14647
14648 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14649 {
14650 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14651 if (found)
14652 {
14653 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14654 expanded_end = sals_end;
14655 }
14656 }
14657
14658 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14659 }
14660
14661 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14662 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14663
14664 static void
14665 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14666 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14667 enum bptype type_wanted,
14668 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14669 {
14670 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14671 }
14672
14673 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14674 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14675 breakpoint_ops. */
14676
14677 static void
14678 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14679 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14680 char *cond_string,
14681 char *extra_string,
14682 enum bptype type_wanted,
14683 enum bpdisp disposition,
14684 int thread,
14685 int task, int ignore_count,
14686 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14687 int from_tty, int enabled,
14688 int internal, unsigned flags)
14689 {
14690 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14691 extra_string,
14692 type_wanted, disposition,
14693 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14694 enabled, internal, flags);
14695 }
14696
14697 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14698 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14699
14700 static void
14701 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14702 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14703 {
14704 struct linespec_result canonical;
14705
14706 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14707 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14708 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14709 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14710 b->filter);
14711
14712 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14713 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14714
14715 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14716 {
14717 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14718
14719 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14720 *sals = lsal->sals;
14721 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14722 contents. */
14723 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14724 }
14725
14726 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14727 }
14728
14729 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14730
14731 static struct cleanup *
14732 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14733 {
14734 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14735
14736 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14737 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14738 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14739 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14740 set_language (b->language);
14741
14742 return cleanups;
14743 }
14744
14745 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14746 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14747 Unused in this case. */
14748
14749 static int
14750 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14751 {
14752 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14753 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14754 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14755
14756 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14757 b->ops->re_set (b);
14758 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14759 return 0;
14760 }
14761
14762 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14763 void
14764 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14765 {
14766 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14767 enum language save_language;
14768 int save_input_radix;
14769 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14770
14771 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14772 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14773 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14774
14775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14776 {
14777 /* Format possible error msg. */
14778 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14779 b->number);
14780 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14781 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14782 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14783 }
14784 set_language (save_language);
14785 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14786
14787 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14788
14789 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14790
14791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14792 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14793 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14794 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14795 }
14796 \f
14797 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14798
14799 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14800 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14801 void
14802 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14803 {
14804 if (b->thread != -1)
14805 {
14806 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14807 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14808
14809 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14810 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14811 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14812 as well. */
14813 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14814 }
14815 }
14816
14817 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14818 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14819 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14820
14821 void
14822 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14823 {
14824 struct breakpoint *b;
14825
14826 if (count < 0)
14827 count = 0;
14828
14829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14830 if (b->number == bptnum)
14831 {
14832 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14833 {
14834 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14835 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14836 bptnum);
14837 return;
14838 }
14839
14840 b->ignore_count = count;
14841 if (from_tty)
14842 {
14843 if (count == 0)
14844 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14845 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14846 bptnum);
14847 else if (count == 1)
14848 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14849 bptnum);
14850 else
14851 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14852 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14853 count, bptnum);
14854 }
14855 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14856 return;
14857 }
14858
14859 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14860 }
14861
14862 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14863
14864 static void
14865 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14866 {
14867 char *p = args;
14868 int num;
14869
14870 if (p == 0)
14871 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14872
14873 num = get_number (&p);
14874 if (num == 0)
14875 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14876 if (*p == 0)
14877 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14878
14879 set_ignore_count (num,
14880 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14881 from_tty);
14882 if (from_tty)
14883 printf_filtered ("\n");
14884 }
14885 \f
14886 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14887 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14888
14889 static void
14890 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14891 void *),
14892 void *data)
14893 {
14894 int num;
14895 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14896 int match;
14897 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14898
14899 if (args == 0)
14900 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14901
14902 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14903
14904 while (!state.finished)
14905 {
14906 const char *p = state.string;
14907
14908 match = 0;
14909
14910 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14911 if (num == 0)
14912 {
14913 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14914 }
14915 else
14916 {
14917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14918 if (b->number == num)
14919 {
14920 match = 1;
14921 function (b, data);
14922 break;
14923 }
14924 if (match == 0)
14925 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14926 }
14927 }
14928 }
14929
14930 static struct bp_location *
14931 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14932 {
14933 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14934 char *p1;
14935 int bp_num;
14936 int loc_num;
14937 struct breakpoint *b;
14938 struct bp_location *loc;
14939
14940 *dot = '\0';
14941
14942 p1 = number;
14943 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14944 if (bp_num == 0)
14945 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14946
14947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14948 if (b->number == bp_num)
14949 {
14950 break;
14951 }
14952
14953 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14954 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14955
14956 p1 = dot+1;
14957 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14958 if (loc_num == 0)
14959 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14960
14961 --loc_num;
14962 loc = b->loc;
14963 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14964 ;
14965 if (!loc)
14966 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14967
14968 return loc;
14969 }
14970
14971
14972 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14973 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14974 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14975
14976 void
14977 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14978 {
14979 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14980 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14981 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14982 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14983 return;
14984
14985 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14986 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14987 return;
14988
14989 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14990
14991 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14992 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14993
14994 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14995 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14996 {
14997 struct bp_location *location;
14998
14999 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15000 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
15001 }
15002
15003 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15004
15005 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15006 }
15007
15008 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15009
15010 static void
15011 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15012 {
15013 disable_breakpoint (b);
15014 }
15015
15016 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15017 disable_breakpoint. */
15018
15019 static void
15020 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15021 {
15022 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15023 }
15024
15025 static void
15026 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15027 {
15028 if (args == 0)
15029 {
15030 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15031
15032 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15033 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15034 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
15035 }
15036 else
15037 {
15038 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15039
15040 while (num)
15041 {
15042 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15043 {
15044 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15045
15046 if (loc)
15047 {
15048 if (loc->enabled)
15049 {
15050 loc->enabled = 0;
15051 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15052 }
15053 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15054 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15055 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15056 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15057 }
15058 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15059 }
15060 else
15061 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15062 num = extract_arg (&args);
15063 }
15064 }
15065 }
15066
15067 static void
15068 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15069 int count)
15070 {
15071 int target_resources_ok;
15072
15073 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15074 {
15075 int i;
15076 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15077 target_resources_ok =
15078 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15079 i + 1, 0);
15080 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15081 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15082 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15083 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15084 }
15085
15086 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15087 {
15088 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15089 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15090 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15091
15092 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15093 {
15094 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15095
15096 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15097 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15098 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15099 }
15100 if (e.reason < 0)
15101 {
15102 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15103 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15104 bpt->number);
15105 return;
15106 }
15107 }
15108
15109 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
15110 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15111
15112 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15113
15114 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15115 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15116
15117 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15118 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15119 {
15120 struct bp_location *location;
15121
15122 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15123 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15124 }
15125
15126 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15127 bpt->enable_count = count;
15128 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15129
15130 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15131 }
15132
15133
15134 void
15135 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15136 {
15137 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15138 }
15139
15140 static void
15141 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15142 {
15143 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15144 }
15145
15146 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15147 enable_breakpoint. */
15148
15149 static void
15150 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15151 {
15152 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15153 }
15154
15155 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15156 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15157 in stopping the inferior. */
15158
15159 static void
15160 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15161 {
15162 if (args == 0)
15163 {
15164 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15165
15166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15167 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15168 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15169 }
15170 else
15171 {
15172 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15173
15174 while (num)
15175 {
15176 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15177 {
15178 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15179
15180 if (loc)
15181 {
15182 if (!loc->enabled)
15183 {
15184 loc->enabled = 1;
15185 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15186 }
15187 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15188 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15189 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15190 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15191 }
15192 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15193 }
15194 else
15195 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15196 num = extract_arg (&args);
15197 }
15198 }
15199 }
15200
15201 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15202 breakpoints. */
15203
15204 struct disp_data
15205 {
15206 enum bpdisp disp;
15207 int count;
15208 };
15209
15210 static void
15211 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15212 {
15213 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15214
15215 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15216 }
15217
15218 static void
15219 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15220 {
15221 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15222
15223 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15224 }
15225
15226 static void
15227 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15228 {
15229 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15230 }
15231
15232 static void
15233 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15234 {
15235 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15236
15237 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15238 }
15239
15240 static void
15241 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15242 {
15243 int count = get_number (&args);
15244
15245 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15246 }
15247
15248 static void
15249 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15250 {
15251 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15252
15253 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15254 }
15255
15256 static void
15257 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15258 {
15259 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15260 }
15261 \f
15262 static void
15263 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15264 {
15265 }
15266
15267 static void
15268 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15269 {
15270 }
15271
15272 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15273 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15274 GDB itself. */
15275
15276 static void
15277 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15278 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15279 const bfd_byte *data)
15280 {
15281 struct breakpoint *bp;
15282
15283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15284 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15285 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15286 {
15287 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15288
15289 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15290 {
15291 struct bp_location *loc;
15292
15293 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15294 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15295 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15296 && addr + len > loc->address)
15297 {
15298 value_free (wp->val);
15299 wp->val = NULL;
15300 wp->val_valid = 0;
15301 }
15302 }
15303 }
15304 }
15305
15306 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15307
15308 void
15309 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15310 struct address_space *aspace,
15311 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
15312 {
15313 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15314 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15315 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15316
15317 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15318 {
15319 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15320 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
15321 }
15322
15323 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15324 sal.pc = pc;
15325 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15326 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15327 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15328
15329 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15330 }
15331
15332 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15333
15334 int
15335 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15336 struct address_space *aspace,
15337 CORE_ADDR pc)
15338 {
15339 struct bp_location *loc;
15340
15341 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15342 if (loc->inserted
15343 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15344 return 1;
15345
15346 return 0;
15347 }
15348
15349 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15350 PC. */
15351
15352 int
15353 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15354 CORE_ADDR pc)
15355 {
15356 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15357
15358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15359 {
15360 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15361 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15362 return 1;
15363 }
15364 return 0;
15365 }
15366
15367 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15368 non-zero otherwise. */
15369 static int
15370 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15371 {
15372 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15373 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15374 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15375 return 1;
15376 else
15377 return 0;
15378 }
15379
15380 int
15381 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15382 {
15383 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15384 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15385
15386 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15387 }
15388
15389 int
15390 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15391 {
15392 struct breakpoint *bp;
15393
15394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15395 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15396 {
15397 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15398
15399 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15400 {
15401 int i, iter;
15402 for (i = 0;
15403 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15404 i++)
15405 if (syscall_number == iter)
15406 return 1;
15407 }
15408 else
15409 return 1;
15410 }
15411
15412 return 0;
15413 }
15414
15415 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15416 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15417 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15418 const char *text, const char *word)
15419 {
15420 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15421 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15422 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15423
15424 xfree (list);
15425 return retlist;
15426 }
15427
15428 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15429
15430 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15431 static void
15432 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15433 {
15434 tracepoint_count = num;
15435 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15436 }
15437
15438 static void
15439 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15440 {
15441 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15442 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15443
15444 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15445 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15446 else
15447 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15448
15449 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15450 arg,
15451 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15452 0 /* tempflag */,
15453 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15454 0 /* Ignore count */,
15455 pending_break_support,
15456 ops,
15457 from_tty,
15458 1 /* enabled */,
15459 0 /* internal */, 0);
15460 }
15461
15462 static void
15463 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15464 {
15465 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15466 arg,
15467 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15468 0 /* tempflag */,
15469 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15470 0 /* Ignore count */,
15471 pending_break_support,
15472 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15473 from_tty,
15474 1 /* enabled */,
15475 0 /* internal */, 0);
15476 }
15477
15478 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15479
15480 static void
15481 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15482 {
15483 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15484
15485 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15486 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15487 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15488 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15489 else
15490 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15491
15492 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15493 arg,
15494 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15495 0 /* tempflag */,
15496 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15497 0 /* Ignore count */,
15498 pending_break_support,
15499 ops,
15500 from_tty,
15501 1 /* enabled */,
15502 0 /* internal */, 0);
15503 }
15504
15505 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15506 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15507
15508 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15509 static int next_cmd;
15510
15511 static char *
15512 read_uploaded_action (void)
15513 {
15514 char *rslt;
15515
15516 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15517
15518 next_cmd++;
15519
15520 return rslt;
15521 }
15522
15523 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15524 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15525 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15526 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15527 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15528
15529 struct tracepoint *
15530 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15531 {
15532 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15533 struct tracepoint *tp;
15534
15535 if (utp->at_string)
15536 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15537 else
15538 {
15539 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15540 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15541 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15542 user. */
15543 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15544 "source location, using raw address"),
15545 utp->number);
15546 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15547 addr_str = small_buf;
15548 }
15549
15550 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15551 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15552 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15553 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15554 utp->number);
15555
15556 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15557 addr_str,
15558 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15559 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15560 0 /* tempflag */,
15561 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15562 0 /* Ignore count */,
15563 pending_break_support,
15564 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15565 0 /* from_tty */,
15566 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15567 0 /* internal */,
15568 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15569 return NULL;
15570
15571 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15572 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15573 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15574
15575 if (utp->pass > 0)
15576 {
15577 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15578 tp->base.number);
15579
15580 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15581 }
15582
15583 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15584 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15585 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15586 function. */
15587 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15588 {
15589 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15590
15591 this_utp = utp;
15592 next_cmd = 0;
15593
15594 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15595
15596 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15597 }
15598 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15599 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15600 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15601 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15602 utp->number);
15603
15604 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15605 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15606 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15607
15608 return tp;
15609 }
15610
15611 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15612 omitted. */
15613
15614 static void
15615 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15616 {
15617 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15618 int num_printed;
15619
15620 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15621
15622 if (num_printed == 0)
15623 {
15624 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15625 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15626 else
15627 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15628 }
15629
15630 default_collect_info ();
15631 }
15632
15633 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15634 Not supported by all targets. */
15635 static void
15636 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15637 {
15638 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15639 }
15640
15641 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15642 Not supported by all targets. */
15643 static void
15644 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15645 {
15646 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15647 }
15648
15649 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15650 static void
15651 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15652 {
15653 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15654
15655 dont_repeat ();
15656
15657 if (arg == 0)
15658 {
15659 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15660
15661 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15662 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15663 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15664 argument. */
15665 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15666 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15667 {
15668 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15669 break;
15670 }
15671
15672 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15673 if (!from_tty
15674 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15675 {
15676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15677 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15678 delete_breakpoint (b);
15679 }
15680 }
15681 else
15682 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15683 }
15684
15685 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15686
15687 static void
15688 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15689 {
15690 tp->pass_count = count;
15691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15692 if (from_tty)
15693 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15694 tp->base.number, count);
15695 }
15696
15697 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15698
15699 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15700 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15701 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15702
15703 static void
15704 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15705 {
15706 struct tracepoint *t1;
15707 unsigned int count;
15708
15709 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15710 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15711 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15712
15713 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15714
15715 args = skip_spaces (args);
15716 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15717 {
15718 struct breakpoint *b;
15719
15720 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15721 if (*args)
15722 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15723
15724 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15725 {
15726 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15727 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15728 }
15729 }
15730 else if (*args == '\0')
15731 {
15732 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15733 if (t1)
15734 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15735 }
15736 else
15737 {
15738 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15739
15740 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15741 while (!state.finished)
15742 {
15743 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15744 if (t1)
15745 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15746 }
15747 }
15748 }
15749
15750 struct tracepoint *
15751 get_tracepoint (int num)
15752 {
15753 struct breakpoint *t;
15754
15755 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15756 if (t->number == num)
15757 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15758
15759 return NULL;
15760 }
15761
15762 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15763 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15764 reconnecting). */
15765
15766 struct tracepoint *
15767 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15768 {
15769 struct breakpoint *b;
15770
15771 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15772 {
15773 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15774
15775 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15776 return t;
15777 }
15778
15779 return NULL;
15780 }
15781
15782 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15783 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15784 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15785 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15786
15787 struct tracepoint *
15788 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15789 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15790 {
15791 struct breakpoint *t;
15792 int tpnum;
15793 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15794
15795 if (state)
15796 {
15797 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15798 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15799 }
15800 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15801 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15802 else
15803 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15804
15805 if (tpnum <= 0)
15806 {
15807 if (instring && *instring)
15808 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15809 instring);
15810 else
15811 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15812 return NULL;
15813 }
15814
15815 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15816 if (t->number == tpnum)
15817 {
15818 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15819 }
15820
15821 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15822 return NULL;
15823 }
15824
15825 void
15826 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15827 {
15828 if (b->thread != -1)
15829 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15830
15831 if (b->task != 0)
15832 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15833
15834 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15835 }
15836
15837 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15838 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15839 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15840 non-zero. */
15841
15842 static void
15843 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15844 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15845 {
15846 struct breakpoint *tp;
15847 int any = 0;
15848 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15849 struct ui_file *fp;
15850 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15851
15852 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15853 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15854
15855 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15857 {
15858 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15859 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15860 continue;
15861
15862 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15863 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15864 continue;
15865
15866 any = 1;
15867
15868 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15869 {
15870 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15871
15872 /* We can stop searching. */
15873 break;
15874 }
15875 }
15876
15877 if (!any)
15878 {
15879 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15880 return;
15881 }
15882
15883 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15884 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15885 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15886 if (!fp)
15887 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15888 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15889 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15890
15891 if (extra_trace_bits)
15892 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15893
15894 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15895 {
15896 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15897 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15898 continue;
15899
15900 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15901 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15902 continue;
15903
15904 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15905
15906 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15907 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15908 instead. */
15909
15910 if (tp->cond_string)
15911 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15912
15913 if (tp->ignore_count)
15914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15915
15916 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15917 {
15918 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15919
15920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15921
15922 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15923 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15924 {
15925 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15926 }
15927 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15928
15929 if (ex.reason < 0)
15930 throw_exception (ex);
15931
15932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15933 }
15934
15935 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15936 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15937
15938 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15939 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15940 special, and not user visible. */
15941 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15942 {
15943 struct bp_location *loc;
15944 int n = 1;
15945
15946 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15947 if (!loc->enabled)
15948 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15949 }
15950 }
15951
15952 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15953 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15954
15955 if (from_tty)
15956 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15957 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15958 }
15959
15960 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15961
15962 static void
15963 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15964 {
15965 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15966 }
15967
15968 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15969
15970 static void
15971 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15972 {
15973 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15974 }
15975
15976 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15977
15978 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15979 all_tracepoints (void)
15980 {
15981 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15982 struct breakpoint *tp;
15983
15984 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15985 {
15986 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15987 }
15988
15989 return tp_vec;
15990 }
15991
15992 \f
15993 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15994 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15995 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15996 command. */
15997 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15998 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15999 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16000 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16001 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16002 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16003 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16004 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16005 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16006 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16007 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16008 \n\
16009 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16010 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16011 \n\
16012 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16013 conditions are different.\n\
16014 \n\
16015 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16016
16017 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16018 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16019
16020 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16021 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16022
16023 void
16024 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16025 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16026 completer_ftype *completer,
16027 void *user_data_catch,
16028 void *user_data_tcatch)
16029 {
16030 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16031
16032 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16033 &catch_cmdlist);
16034 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16035 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16036 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16037
16038 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16039 &tcatch_cmdlist);
16040 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16041 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16042 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16043 }
16044
16045 static void
16046 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16047 {
16048 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16049 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16050
16051 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16052 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16053 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16054 }
16055
16056 static void
16057 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16058 {
16059 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16060 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16061 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16062 }
16063
16064 struct breakpoint *
16065 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16066 void *data)
16067 {
16068 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16069
16070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16071 {
16072 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16073 return b;
16074 }
16075
16076 return NULL;
16077 }
16078
16079 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16080 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16081
16082 static int
16083 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16084 {
16085 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16086 non-inline function. */
16087 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16088 return 1;
16089
16090 return 0;
16091 }
16092
16093 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16094 have been inlined. */
16095
16096 int
16097 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16098 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16099 {
16100 struct breakpoint *b;
16101 struct bp_location *bl;
16102
16103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16104 {
16105 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16106 continue;
16107
16108 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16109 {
16110 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16111 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16112 return 1;
16113 }
16114 }
16115
16116 return 0;
16117 }
16118
16119 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16120
16121 void
16122 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16123 {
16124 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16125
16126 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16127 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16128 loc->symtab = NULL;
16129 }
16130
16131 void
16132 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16133 {
16134 static int initialized = 0;
16135
16136 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16137
16138 if (initialized)
16139 return;
16140 initialized = 1;
16141
16142 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16143 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16144 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16145 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16146 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16147 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16148 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16149 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16150 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16151 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16152 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16153 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16154
16155 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16156 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16157 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16158 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16159 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16160 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16161 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16162 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16163
16164 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16165 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16166 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16167 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16168 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16169 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16170 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16171 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16172 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16173 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16174
16175 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16176 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16177 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16178 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16179 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16180 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16181 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16182
16183 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16184 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16185 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16186 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16187 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16188 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16189 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16190
16191 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16192 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16193 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16194 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16195
16196 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16197 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16198 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16199 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16200 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16201 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16202 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16203
16204 /* Watchpoints. */
16205 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16206 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16207 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16208 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16209 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16210 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16211 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16212 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16213 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16214 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16215 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16216 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16217 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16218 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16219
16220 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16221 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16222 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16223 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16224 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16225 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16226 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16227 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16228 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16229 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16230 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16231
16232 /* Tracepoints. */
16233 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16234 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16235 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16236 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16237 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16238 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16239 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16240 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16241 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16242 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16243
16244 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16245 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16246 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16247 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16248 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16249
16250 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16251 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16252 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16253 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16254 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16255 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16256
16257 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16258 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16259 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16260 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16261 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16262 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16263 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16264 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16265 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16266 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16267
16268 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16269 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16270 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16271 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16272 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16273 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16274 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16275 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16276 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16277 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16278
16279 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16280 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16281 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16282 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16283 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16284 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16285 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16286 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16287 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16288 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16289 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16290
16291 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16292 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16293 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16294 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16295 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16296 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16297 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16298 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16299 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16300 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16301 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16302
16303 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16304 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16305 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16306 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16307 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16308 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16309 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16310 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16311 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16312 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16313 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16314 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16315
16316 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16317 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16318 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16319 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16320 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16321 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16322 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16323 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16324 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16325 }
16326
16327 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16328
16329 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16330
16331 void
16332 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16333 {
16334 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16335
16336 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16337
16338 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16339 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16340 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16341 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16342
16343 breakpoint_objfile_key
16344 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16345
16346 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16347 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16348 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16349
16350 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16351 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16352 before a breakpoint is set. */
16353 breakpoint_count = 0;
16354
16355 tracepoint_count = 0;
16356
16357 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16358 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16359 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16360 if (xdb_commands)
16361 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16362
16363 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16364 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16365 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16366 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16367 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16368 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16369 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16370 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16371
16372 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16373 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16374 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16375 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16376 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16377
16378 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16379 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16380 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16381 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16382 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16383 \n"
16384 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16385 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16386
16387 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16388 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16389 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16390 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16391 \n"
16392 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16393 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16394
16395 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16396 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16397 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16398 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16399 \n"
16400 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16401 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16402
16403 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16404 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16405 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16406 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16407 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16408 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16409 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16410 if (xdb_commands)
16411 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16412 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16413 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16414 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16415 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16416 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16417
16418 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16419
16420 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16421 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16422 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16423 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16424 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16425 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16426
16427 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16428 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16429 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16430 &enablebreaklist);
16431
16432 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16433 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16434 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16435 &enablebreaklist);
16436
16437 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16438 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16439 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16440 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16441 &enablebreaklist);
16442
16443 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16444 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16445 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16446 &enablelist);
16447
16448 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16449 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16450 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16451 &enablelist);
16452
16453 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16454 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16455 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16456 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16457 &enablelist);
16458
16459 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16460 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16462 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16463 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16464 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16465 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16466 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16467 if (xdb_commands)
16468 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16469 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16470 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16471 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16472 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16473
16474 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16475 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16476 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16477 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16478 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16479 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16480 &disablelist);
16481
16482 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16483 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16484 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16485 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16486 \n\
16487 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16488 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16489 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16490 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16491 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16492 if (xdb_commands)
16493 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16494 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16495 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16496 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16497
16498 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16499 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16500 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16501 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16502 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16503 &deletelist);
16504
16505 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16506 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16507 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16508 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16509 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16510 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16511 \n\
16512 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16513 is executing in.\n\
16514 \n\
16515 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16516 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16517
16518 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16519 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16520 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16521 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16522
16523 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16524 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16525 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16526 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16527
16528 if (xdb_commands)
16529 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16530
16531 if (dbx_commands)
16532 {
16533 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16534 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16535 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16536 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16537 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16538 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16539 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16540 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16541 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16542 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16543 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16544 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16545 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16546 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16547 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16548 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16549 \n\
16550 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16551 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16552 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16553 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16554 breakpoint set."));
16555 }
16556
16557 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16558 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16559 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16560 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16561 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16562 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16563 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16564 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16565 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16566 \n\
16567 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16568 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16569 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16570 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16571 breakpoint set."));
16572
16573 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16574
16575 if (xdb_commands)
16576 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16577 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16578 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16579 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16580 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16581 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16582 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16583 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16584 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16585 \n\
16586 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16587 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16588 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16589 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16590 breakpoint set."));
16591
16592 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16593 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16594 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16595 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16596 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16597 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16598 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16599 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16600 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16601 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16602 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16603 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16604 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16605 \n\
16606 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16607 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16608 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16609 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16610 breakpoint set."),
16611 &maintenanceinfolist);
16612
16613 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16614 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16615 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16616 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16617
16618 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16619 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16620 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16621 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16622
16623 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16624 catch_fork_command_1,
16625 NULL,
16626 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16627 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16628 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16629 catch_fork_command_1,
16630 NULL,
16631 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16632 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16633 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16634 catch_exec_command_1,
16635 NULL,
16636 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16637 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16638 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16639 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16640 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16641 catch_load_command_1,
16642 NULL,
16643 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16644 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16645 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16646 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16647 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16648 catch_unload_command_1,
16649 NULL,
16650 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16651 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16652 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16653 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16654 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16655 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16656 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16657 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16658 catch_syscall_command_1,
16659 catch_syscall_completer,
16660 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16661 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16662
16663 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16664 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16665 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16666 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16667 an expression changes.\n\
16668 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16669 the memory to which it refers."));
16670 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16671
16672 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16673 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16674 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16675 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16676 an expression is read.\n\
16677 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16678 the memory to which it refers."));
16679 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16680
16681 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16682 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16683 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16684 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16685 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16686 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16687 the memory to which it refers."));
16688 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16689
16690 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16691 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16692
16693 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16694 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16695 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16696 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16697 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16698 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16699 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16700 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16701 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16702 hardware.)"),
16703 NULL,
16704 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16705 &setlist, &showlist);
16706
16707 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16708
16709 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16710
16711 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16712 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16713 \n"
16714 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16715 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16716 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16717
16718 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16719 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16720 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16721 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16722
16723 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16724 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16725 \n"
16726 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16727 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16728 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16729
16730 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16731 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16732 \n\
16733 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16734 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16735 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16736 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16737 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16738 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16739 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16740 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16741 the selected stack frame.\n\
16742 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16743 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16744 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16745 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16746 \n\
16747 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16748 \n\
16749 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16750 conditions are different.\n\
16751 \n\
16752 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16753 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16754 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16755
16756 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16757 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16758 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16759 last tracepoint set."));
16760
16761 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16762
16763 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16764 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16765 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16766 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16767 &deletelist);
16768 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16769
16770 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16771 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16772 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16773 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16774 &disablelist);
16775 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16776
16777 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16778 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16779 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16780 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16781 &enablelist);
16782 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16783
16784 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16785 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16786 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16787 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16788 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16789
16790 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16791 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16792 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16793 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16794
16795 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16796 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16797 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16798 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16799 session to restore them."),
16800 &save_cmdlist);
16801 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16802
16803 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16804 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16805 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16806 &save_cmdlist);
16807 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16808
16809 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16810 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16811
16812 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16813 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16814 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16815 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16816 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16817 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16818 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16819 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16820 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16821 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16822 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16823 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16824
16825 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16826 &pending_break_support, _("\
16827 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16828 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16829 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16830 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16831 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16832 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16833 NULL,
16834 show_pending_break_support,
16835 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16836 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16837
16838 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16839
16840 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16841 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16842 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16843 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16844 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16845 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16846 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16847 NULL,
16848 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16849 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16850 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16851
16852 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16853 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16854 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16855 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16856 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16857 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16858 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16859 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16860 when execution stops."),
16861 NULL,
16862 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16863 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16864 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16865
16866 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16867 condition_evaluation_enums,
16868 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16869 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16870 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16871 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16872 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16873 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16874 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16875 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16876 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16877 be set to \"gdb\""),
16878 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16879 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16880 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16881 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16882
16883 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16884 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16885 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16886 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16887 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16888 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16889 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16890 or the start of the range\n\
16891 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16892 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16893 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16894 \n\
16895 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16896 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16897 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16898
16899 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16900 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16901 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16902 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16903 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16904 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16905 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16906
16907 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16908 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16909 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16910 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16911 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16912 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16913 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16914 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16915 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16916 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16917 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16918 &setlist, &showlist);
16919
16920 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16921 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16922 &dprintf_function, _("\
16923 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16924 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16925 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16926 &setlist, &showlist);
16927
16928 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16929 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16930 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16931 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16932 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16933 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16934 &setlist, &showlist);
16935
16936 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16937 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16938 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16939 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16940 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16941 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16942 NULL,
16943 NULL,
16944 &setlist, &showlist);
16945
16946 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16947 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16948 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16949
16950 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16951
16952 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16953 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);
16954 }
This page took 0.370134 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.